Scouting for Boys

From The Art and Popular Culture Encyclopedia

Related e

Featured:

Rhombicuboctahedron by Leonardo da Vinci

Scouting for Boys: A handbook for instruction in good citizenship is a book on Boy Scout training, published in various editions since 1908. Early editions were written and illustrated by Robert Baden-Powell with later editions being extensively rewritten by others. The book was originally a manual for self-instruction in observation, tracking and woodcraft skills as well as self-discipline and self-improvement, about the British Empire and duty as citizens with an eclectic mix of anecdotes and unabashed personal observations and recollections. It is pervaded by a degree of moral proselytizing and references to the author's own exploits. It is based on his boyhood experiences, his experience with the Mafeking Cadet Corps during the Second Boer War at the siege of Mafeking, and on his experimental camp on Brownsea Island, England.

[edit]

Scout movement

The Scout movement, also known as Scouting or the Scouts, is a voluntary non-political educational movement for young people. Although it requires an oath of allegiance to a nation's leaders and, in some countries, to a god, it otherwise allows membership without distinction of gender, race or origin in accordance with the principles of its founder, Lord Baden-Powell. The purpose of the Scout Movement is to contribute to the development of young people in achieving their full physical, intellectual, emotional, social and spiritual potentials as individuals, as responsible citizens and as members of their local, national and international communities.

[edit]

Full text of [1]

PRESIDENT'S SECRETARIAT

(LIBRARY)

Accn. No. Sf..... Class No.. ...4.*^'.

The book should be returned on or before the date last stamped below.

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

LORD BADKN-POWELL OF GILWELL

AUTHOR OF SCOUTlNG FOR BOVS,’’ ETC-

Printeo by the Basel Mission Press, Mangalore, and Published by the Boy Scouts Association in India, General Headquarters, New Delhi.

THE LAW OF THE WOLF CUB PACK

1, The Cub gives in to the Old Wolf;

2, The Cub does not give in to himself.

THE WOLF CUB*S PROMISE I promise to DO MY BEST—

To do my duty to God, and the ICiiigy

To keep the Law of the Wolf Cub Pack, and to do a good turn to somebody every day.

CONTENTS

P\GE

Introduction ....

The Law of the Wolf Cub Pack

The Wolf Cubs Promise ... . . 7

PART I

First Bite . . 13

Story of Mowgli—Wolf Cubs— Zulu boy— Duties of Cubs— Circles of the Council Rock— The Grand Howl — Game: Shere Khan and Mowgli.

Second Bite . , ... .25

Akela, Baloo and Bagheera— The new chum— The Salute — Tabaqui Dance — Pronunciation of Jungle names.

Third Bite 31

The Law of the Wolf Cub Pack— The Dances of Baloo and Bagheera — Mothering Day.

i^ouRTH Bite .... . . 41

The Bandarlog — The Cub Promise— The Hunger Dance of Kaa.

Fifth Bite 51

The Goodfellows— How to make yourself useful at home — Zulu boy game— The Dance of Shere Khan’s Death.

SixtM^ BrtE

The Uniform — The Investiture of a Tender pad— The Six— Totem Poles.

CONTENTS

PAGE

Seventh Bite . . 64

The Stars— First Star tests— The Union Jack and how to fly it— Flag game.

Eighth Bite 70

Observation — Training Senses — Stalking — A Snow Newspaper— Track reading— Pets.

Ninth Bite 85

Niagara Ice Accident — Knots— Swimming— Seamen — Jack Cornwell, V.C.— The Wolf Cub's Lair.

Tenth Bite . , - . . . 95

How to grow big and strong— The Blood — Wholesome Food— Daily Cleansing— Fresh Air— Exercise— Skip- ping, Walking, Leap-frog and Head-over-Heels—

Nose Breathing— Nails and their care— Teeth and their care— Feet— Telling the Time— “God Save the King** — Cleaning boots— Folding clothes— Tidiness— Service.

Eleventh Bite . . . . . . .112

The Second Star— Signalling.

Twelfth Bite . . . . . , .122

Fire-lighting (indoors) — Bush fires— More knots— Running messages— Points of compass— Telephone.

Thirteenth Bite . , . - . ^ 129

Knitting and Weaving— Thrift— Models — Collections —Scrap-books— Cubs* Band.

Fourteenth Bite . . . . , ^ ,136

Camping— Comfort in Camp— Bed-making— Camp kit — Camp Programme— Things to remember.

Fifteenth Bite .^44

Dirt in a wound— Burns— Scalds — Shock — Body Exercises— Walking the Plank — Investiture of Two- star Cub.

Sixteenth Bite Going up.

CONTENTS

PART II

PROFICIENCY BADGES

AND HOW TO QUALIFY FOR THEM

Chapter I.

Proficiency Badges .

PAGE

155

1 1

II.

Collector ,

163

III.

Observer

167

■»’

IV.

Gardener

175

7 1

Artist . . • •

179

VI.

Homecraft

185

7 7

VII.

Toymaker

190

VIII.

First-Aider

193

7 7

IX.

Guide

198

House Orderly

- 203

XI.

Athlete

207

XII.

Swimmer

210

XIII.

Team Player

. 214

PART III

OBJECTS AND METHODS OF WOLF CUB TRAINING Hints for Curmasters . . . . 221

Appendix . , - 235

Index 242

THE WOEE CUB^S HA.NDBOOK

PART I FIRST BITE

STORY OF MOWGLI— WOLF CUBS— ZULU BOY— DUTIES OF CUBS— CIRCLES OF THE COUNCIL ROCK— THE GRAND HOWL— GAxME: SHERE KHAN AND MOWGLI

Note to the Cubm aster

'"The Jungle Qoq\s/* hy Raiyard Kipling, are the basis of the IV olf story which is oar theme in the first few bites,^* If you can read the hooks to the Cabs after giving the outline as above they will enjoy and appreciate its meaning all the more.

Once upon a time, far away in India, a great big tiger was prowl- ing about in the jungle trying to find food. Presently he came to a place where a wood-culter and his family were camped, and he thought it would be a grand thing to get hold of a sleeping man ox, better still, a fat child for his supper.

Although he was a great strong animal he was not very brave, and he did not want to face an ari^ed man in the open.

So he crept up close to the camp fire, but in gazing at his prey he did not look carefully where he was putting his feet, and in crawling forward he trod on some hot embers.

The pain madp him howl, which roused the camp, and be had to go limping away hungry.

One small boy ran in'o the bushes to hide, and there he met ft ^eat grey Wolf. But the Wolf was a brave and kindly animal, and' seeing that^ths child was not afraid of him he picked bun up gently in bis mouth as a dog does a puppy, and carried him into its cave„close hy.

2 .

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

Here the Mother Wolf took care of the child and put it among her family of cubs.

Shortly afterwards Tabaqui, that is the jackal, came to the tiger whose name was Shere Khan and said to him, *^Mr, Tiger, I know where that small boy has gone to, and if you will kill him you might give me a nice little bit of him to eat as a reward for my telling you where to find him. He is in that little cave under the rock.”

A jackal is a nasty sneaking kind of animal, who lets other animals do the hunting and killing, while he loafs about picking up the scraps.

So Shere Khan went to the mouth of the cave, and though he could put his head inside, the opening was too small for his body to get through, and the grey Wolf inside knew this and defied him.

The Wolf told him to go away and hunt for his food, and not to go trying to steal what other folk had captured; he must not break the Law of the Jungle which says that no animal shall kill a human being because it causes more men to come to the place to hunt out the murderer, and this brings trouble on all the animals in that jungle.

Shere Khan roared with anger, and wanted to bully the Wolf with threats of what he would do to him, when Mother Wolf suddenly joined in and told him to go about his business; that she would take care of the boy, and that some day the boy would grow up and kill Shere Khan if he was not careful.

So the boy remained with the Wolves and grew up as one of the family. They called him Mowgli — and they taught him all the tricks of the Jungle; how to run and how to hunt his game.

In this way he became brave and strong. Then they also took him to the Council meeting of the Pack of all the Wolves which was held at a certain rock.

As a young wolf he had lots to learn.

In Northern Trails^ by W. J. Long, you can read how a wolf cub learns his hunting lessons from his parents.

The first lessons are to make him quick and active, and for this he is allowed to hunt grasshoppers —to leap and snap, and twist and pounce after them. Then he is not given any food^ but is shown that if he wants it he must go and hunt it for himself.

He tries bis pouncing and rushing dodges on birds, but very soon finds that these do not pay. If he wants to kill, he must creep and crawl and stalk,'*‘and lie in wait If he does not learn

THE WOLF CUBS

to do the business properly, he will starve to death. His dinner depends on himself.

It is just the same with a boy who wants to be a Scout He must first of all learn all the scouting dddges and duties from old Scouts, who can teach him.

He, too, must make himself active and strong by games and exercises; he, too, must make his own way in life, but games will not do this for him. If he wants to succeed he must go about it carefully, learning all he can that will help him in what- ever profession he takes up. His success will depend on himself, not on his masters or parents.

So make up your mind to he like the real Wolf Cub, and win your own success for ycurself. Later on when you are a Scout you^will learn how to do it when you are grown up.

The Wolf Cubs

Young Scouts who are not quite old enough to join the Boy Scouts are called “Wolf Cubs.* Why? For this reason, a Wolf Cub is a young Wolf. Scouts are called Wolves,** and Young Scouts are therefore called “Wolf Cubs.’*

In the far Western prairies of America the Red Indians were a nation of scolits. Every man in the tribe was a pretty good scout. Nobody thought anything of him if he wasn’t.

So there was great rivalry among the young braves as to who could be the best scout And those who proved themselves best got the nickname of “Wolf.”

There would be “Grey Wolf,” or “Black Wolf,” “Red Wolf,” “Lean Wolf,” and so on; but “Wolf” was the title of honour, meaning a real good scout

If you went across the world to South Africa, though the people were entirely different (they were negro savages instead of Red Indians), yoii would find that they, too, were good scouts, and they, too, called their best scouts “Wolf.”

A scout, as you know, is a man who is brave and strong, who willingly risks death * in order to carry out his duty, who knows how to find his way over strange country by day or" night, who- can look after himself, light his fire, coofc his own food; he can follow the tracks of animals or men, can see without being seen; at the same time he is helpful and kind to women and children,^ and, above all, he obeys the orders of his chief to the death.

In South Africa “the finest of the tribes we^e the Zulus, with their offshoots the Matabele, the Swazis, and the Masai.

THE WOLF CUB*S HANDBOOK

not to let his fire smoke too much, or it would catch the eye of scouts on the look-out to hunt him.

He had to be able to run long distances, to climb trees, and to swim rivers in order to escape from his pursuers. He had to be brave, and stand up to a lion or any other wild animal that attacked him.

He had to know which plants were good to eat and which were poisonous, and how to cook them. He had, of course, to make his own cooking pots out of the bark of trees or of clay. He had to build himself a hut to live, but well hidden.

He had to take care that wherever he went he left no foot tracks by which he could be followed up. If he snored when he was asleep, it would give him away to a keen- eared enemy. So he learnt to keep his mouth shut, and to breathe quietly through his nose.

For a month he had to live this life, sometimes in burning heat, sometimes in cold and rain.

When at last the white stain had worn off, he was able to return to his village, and then he was received with great joy, and was allowed to take his place among the young warriors of the tribe.

He could go on, and by his bravery get to be a “Ring-Kop’* — that is, a real proved warrior, who was allowed to wear a ring on his head. Then he could possibly go on, and in the end earn the honourable title of “Wolf.”

But you can imagine that a good many boys who went out did hot get through their white period at all; some got killed by wild animals, some got killed by the men, and numbers of them died of starvation or of cold, or got drowned. It was only the good ones among them who got through successfully— and there- by proved that they really were good men.

It was a pretty stiff exam. — wasn’t it?

British Scouts

In our own country hundreds of years ago our scouts were the Knights — men who were ready to die for their duty, and who were sworn to be polite to old people, and generous and kind to women and children.

They, like the Zulus, first learnt their duties while boys — ^that is, as pages who attended on the Knights, and helped them to put on their armour. As these grew up into young men they became Esquires and learnt to ride and to use their weapons, and to carry out the laws of the Knights, so that they would be true Knights when they had proved themselves really good at their duty

KNIGHTS OF THE EMPIRE 19

and worthy of promotion, just like the young warriors of the Zulus.

That was all hundreds of years ago, and lots of boys have said they only wish that the Knights lived now and carried on their duty as of old, and they themselves would be glad to become their pages and Esquires.

Well, so they do exist to-day in a way.

The men whom 1 look on as our Knights and scouts of to-day are the frontiersmen in the wilder parts of our Empire. The backwoodsmen, the hunters, the explorers, the map-makers, our soldiers and sailors, the Arctic navigators, the missionaries— all those men of our race who are living out in the wild, facing difficulties and dangers because it is their duty, enduring hard- ships, looking after themselves, keeping up the' name of Britons for bravery, kindness, and justice all over the world— those are the scouts of the nation to-day— they are the ** Wolves.”

But they could not do it if they had not learnt their work thoroughly while they were still boys.

How Boys CAN Learn to become Scouts

So the boys of the British Empire have the chance of learning how to become its scouts by being Boy Scouts first, just as in the old days the Esquires learnt how to become Knights.

Then, too, the young Scouts, the “Wolf Cubs,” like the pages of old, preparing to be Esquires, can learn how to become Boy Scouts when they get to the right age for it.

The Duties of a Wolf Cub

In the bites that follow I am going to show you how to pick up the different Wolf Cub duties, such as tying knots and lighting fires, how to make yourself comfortable in camp, how to build your lair, how to find your way in a strange country, how. to signal to your pals, how to do good turns to people and how to help in the case of accidents.

It doesn’t matter whether you are a rich boy or a poor boy, whether in the country or in a town. You can learn these things quite easily if you go about it in the way I tell you.

The Council Rock and Circles

When the -wolf pack met in the jungle, Akela, the old wolf, stood on a great rock in the middle, and the pack sat in a circle all round it.

THE WOLF CUB-S HANDBOOK

So with our Wolf Cub Pack, we may mark out the rock by a small circle of stones, or pegs, or with chalk, like this;

The Rock Circle is about three paces across, with flagstaff or Totem Pole in the centre.

To FORM Parade Circle

When the Pack is formed up in Rock Circle, the Cubmaster gives the command “Form Parade Circle/* and each Cub holds hands with the Cub on either side and pulls outwards into a big circle.

This circle is used for the Grand Howl, for Jungle Dances and for rallies.

0-0- o.

Council Rock

% ^ ^

•V

Rock cirde y(

K O

, o

Parade circle 0 O

•f*

^ X '#•

•V

The Jungle Meeting

Whatever you may be doing, the moment that you hear the f^^^h-~Pack — Pack every Cub at once answers by filing Pack I and by scampering at once to form the Parade ^hcie ^^round the Cubmaster. If the Cubmaster only calls Pack! once it means “Silence T* and everyone must stop- what they are doing and listen.

THE GRAND HOWL

No one is allowed -to call ‘‘Pack!** except an Old Wolf* The Sixer may call his Six together by its Six colour.

The Alert

Remember when ordered to be "Alert,** the Cub stands straight up like a soldier, with heels together, hands down by his sides, chest well advanced, head up, and eyes looking straight to the front— nowhere else.

When the command is given "At ease,’* you stand with feet apart, and hands clasped behind your back, and you may then look about you as much as you please.

The Grand Howl

The wolves all sat round the council rock in a circle and when Akela, the old wolf, the head of the pack, took his place on the rock they ail threw up their heads and howled their welcome to him.

When your Old Wolf, Akela — that is your Cubmaster or other Scouter— comes to your meeting you salute him by squatting round in a circle as young wolves do, and giving him the Wolf Cub Grand Howl.

22 THEiWOLF CU^'S HANDBOOK

So form yourself into a circle (quickly, a Wolf Cub never walks, be runsf).

Then squat down on your heels with your two fore paws on the ground between your feet, knees out to either side like this:

Then when the Old Wolf comes to the Pack, the young Wolves throw up their heads and howl. But their howl means something. They want to welcome him and at the same time to show that they are ready to obey his command.

The call of the Pack all over the world is “We’ll do our best”; so when your Cubmaster comes into the circle you chuck up

THE GRAND HOWL

your chins and, all together, ]fpu howl out— making each word a long yowl: “Ah— kay— la 1— We-e-e-e-ll do-o-o-ooo-u-u-r BEST.” Yell the word “best” sharp and loud and short and all together; and at the same time spring to your feet with two fingers of each hand pointing upwards at each side of your head, to look like two wolf’s ears.

That’s the way to do it

Now what does it mean?

It means that you will do your best with BOTH hands— not merely with one like most bo5rs, who onljr use their right hand. Your best will be twice as good as any ordinary boy’s best “Do your best” is the Cub’s motto. \

Then keep your two hands up while the leading Cub calls to the Pack, at the top of his voice: “Dyb— dyb— dyb— dyb” (meaning Do Your Best).

Then every Cub after the fourth “dyb” drops his left hand smartly to his side and keeping the right hand at the salute, with two fingers up, but now spread out making the salute (see page 27), squeals “We-e-e4” and barks out “Dob— dob— dob- dob” (We’ll Do Our Best).

After the fourth “dob” each Cub drops^^ his right hand smartly to his side and stands at the “Alert” and wails for orders.

THE WOLF CUB*S HANDBOOK

Now squat down again and s6e how well you can do the Grand Howl to the Old Wolf.

Game: Shere Khan and Mowgli

Father Wolf, Mother Wolf, and all the little wolves form a string one behind the other with Mowgli, the smallest, as last in the string. Each catches hold of the waist of the one in front of him.

Then comes along Mr. Shere Khan, the tiger. He wants to catch Mowgli — but whenever he tries to get him Father Wolf puts himself in the way to stop him, and all the string of wolves clinging to each other try to^ keep Mowgli safe behind them. Mowgli has a neckerchief hanging like a tail behind him from under his jersey, and if Shere Khan can get his tail within three minutes he wins the gazne, otherwise the wolves win.

SECOND BITE

AKELA, BALOO AND BAGHEERA— THE NEW CHUM— THE SALUTE— TABAQUI DANCE— PRONUNCIATION OF JUNGLE NAMES.

Commence with the Grand HowL

Now I want to tell you some more about Mowgli and the Jungle Pack. Do you remember who the chief animals were?

Al^ela was the wise Old Wolf, the head of the Pack, who lay on the Council Rock and saw the younger Wolves all kept the Law of the Pack. He was like an older man who could teach boys what to do to make themselves strong and useful.

Akela is an Indian word, and it means “one who is alone.** There can be only one Cubmaster leading the Pack, just as Akela was alone on the Council Rock. If there were several leaders in a Pack, they might all try to do different things at the same lime, and some Cubs would follow one, and some another, until in the end your Pack would be like the Seeonee Pack of the Jungle Book, after the wolves set their old Akela aside and followed many leaders. After awhile, some of them were lame from the traps they had fallen into, some limped from shotv wounds and some were mangy from eating bad food, and many were missing. If they had followed Akela, the one leader of the Pack, that would never have happened.

Shtre Khan was the great bullying tiger, all stripes ’^d teeth and claws; but, like most bullies among boys, was not very brave at heart if you only tackled him.

Then Tabaqui was the mean sneaking jackal who tried to make friends with everybody by flattering them; but he only wanted to get scraps from them. There are lots of boys like Tabaqui who will sneak or suck up to others hoping to get things given to them instead of working for them themselves.

So you see the animals in the jungle are very like human beings in their ways.

But there are more animals in the jungle 4h an those I have told you about.

THE WOLP CUB’S HANDBOOK

When Mowgli was brought to the Council Rock he had to be made one of the Pack, which meant that he would have to be taught the laws and customs of the Pack before he could properly be made a member of it. So old Baloo the bear, who was a wise though fat and sleepy old beggar, was told off to teach him the laws. And Bagheera the great black panther, who was a strong and cunning hunter, was to teach him his hunting and jungle work.

So in your Pack I expect you will learn to call your Cubmaster “Akela,** because he is your leader. If he has other gtown-ups to help him, perhaps you will call them "Baloo” and “Bagheera.” When you speak abbul all of them together, you can call them "Old Wolves”

Why not give some of the Cubs in your Pack special Jungle names? The Sixer of the Grey Six might be called "Grey Brother,” for example; or the cheeriest Cub might be "Rikki- likki-tavi” (or "Rikki,” for short); or the Pack Scribe might be "Sahi” (the Porcupine).

The New Chum

A boy who wants to be a Wolf Cub is called a "New Chum** or "Rec3fuit” until he has learnt the Laws of the Pack, the Promise, the Salute, and the Grand Howl and their meaning. Then he is admitted to be a Tenderpad, and to wear the uniform of the Wolf Cubs.

He is called a Tenderpad because when he goes out to catch his prey or to play in the Jungle, from not knowing how to do it be runs wildly and loses his way and soon gets tired and his poor feet or "pads” get sore and tender.

But as soon as he knows a fey^ of the dodges he becomes a full-blown Cub.

The Salute

Now for the secret sign by which Cubs salute their Cubmasters spd other Cubs, and Scouts, too.

You have learnt "the Grand Salute” which you use when doing the Grand Howl to an Old Wolf, but if you meet him or speak to, him at any time you use the ordinary salute.

You do it in this way, with the right hand only, fore-finger touching the cap.

Why two fingers, up ?

. Well, you know what a WoIFs head looks like with his two ears cocked up.

THE SALUTE

It is used as the Badge of the Wolf Cub.

Your two fingers in the salute are the two ears of the Wolf,

When you meet another Cub or a Scout, or anyone wearing^ the buttonhole badge of a Scout or Cub, give him or her the salute.

^ ~ The Taba^ui Dance

Tabaqui is the jackal, a sneaking sort of a fellow- He is afraid to go 'about . alone,^ so he always keeps near his fellow jackJs

THE WOLF CUB*S HANDBOOK

although he tries to look like a Wolf, he never hunts or earns his food like one, but sneaks about trying to steal or beg it from others. ^ Then when he has got it he is not a bit grateful, but runs about ^ yapping and yelling, disturbing the game and making a regular nuisance of himself. There are lots of boys like Tabaqui who rush about yelling and making little asses of themselves and bothering people, always ready to beg for a penny or a bit of grub, but never anxious to do any work. They are quite ready to jeer or throw mud at people if they are at a safe distance away, but are awful little cowards really.

Mowgli and Shere Khan.

I hope' no Cub will ever deserve to be called Tabaqui,

. Khan, He was the big ferocious-looking

tiger. An awful bully. He was not clever enough to hunt and catch wild game, so he used to sneak about near a village and kill poor little calves and goats, and even a defenceless old man-

f ^ asleep. Otherwise he was desperately

afraid of a man, ^

thought a tremendous lot of Shere Khan, hey followed him about, and though he bullied them they kept telhng him he was King of the Jungle and the finest fellow on earth. Of course they did this in order that he should give them a bit of his kill when he was eating it. I have known jShere

THE TABAQUl DANCE

Khans among boys— big ferocious-looking boys who bullied the smaller ones in order to get what they wanted out of them, but they were arrant cowards really if the small boy would only stick up to them.

In the Tabaqui Dance the Pack is divided into two sections. Half of the Cubs— with a leader who is Shere Khan— are the Tabaqui, the others are the Wolves who, of course, have Mowgli with them.

The Tabaqui and Shere Khan do their part first, so while the Wolves lie and wait at one end of the room (or field), the jackals form a circle round Shere Khan who prances proudly in the centre; swaggers for all he is worth; and seems to challenge any and everyone to come on and fight. ‘‘I’m Shere Khan, the Tiger King.” he snarls, and the jackals, as they move around him, murmur “Jackal, Jackal.”

Suddenly a Tabaqui leaves the circle, sneaks up to Shere Khan and bows most humbly to him. Shere Khan, just for the bullying fun of the thing, aims a kick at his follower. The jackal dodges the kick, bows low again as if to say “Thank you” and runs back to his place. All this time he has been where Shere Khan can see him, but when he gets behind the tiger a great change comes over him— he stops cringing (that is, bending humbly) and makes a face at Sbere Khan.

They’re a nice Cubby set of people, aren’t they? But look! The Wolves are moving. They sweep down on the Tabaqui and each of them carries off one of these little sneaks. When the noise and scuffle has died away, and the Wolves .with their cap-* tives are lying quiet again, Shere Khan, who was just a little nervous during the tumult, looks around him, sees that he is alone and thinks to himself “I’m greater than ever I thought I was*” “I’m Shere Khan, the Tiger King,” he roars, hoping that all the Jungle Folk will hear and believe him. The Jungle Folk might believe him, but Mowgli has always known the tiger to be just a cowardly bully. He comes across now, very slowly, witb one arm outstretched (a finger pointing) and his eyes m those of the tiger. Shere Khan cannot look at Man. Me is afraid, and though he goes on saying that he is the Tiger King, he gradually cringes down till he is flat at Mowgli’s feet

The Dance is over, and the whole Pack rushes in to form Parade Circle.

You may feel that it is rather a difficult dance, but it is well worth trying, for keen Cubs can make it very real and exciting.

THE WOLP CUB’S HANDBOOK

Others can, of course, spoil it altogether by playing about and not even trying to act The whole success or failure rests on one thing. Cubs; you either want to show that you, for one, don’t like sneaks or bullies, or you haven’t worried to think!

Game: Knock the Blob

Set up a block of wood on end, about two feet high, so as to be easily knocked over, but which a boy can skip over; or a football will do. The Cubs form a circle round it, and, hand- in-hand, they try by pulling hard to drag one or other of their number on to knock over the block. If they succeed, out he goes till the final winner is found.

Pronunciation of Jungle Names

Some of the names in The Jungle Book are difficult to say, 1 will try to help you.

AKELA. Ah-kay-lah. Ah and k^y ar^ easy, so is the lah you sing when you are having your singing lesson— Doh, ray, me, fah, soh, LAH.

BaGHEERA. Bah-gheer-ah. First Bah, like a sheep, then Gear (motor cars have them), and lastly Ah

BaLOO, Bah-Ioo, First Bah, as in Bagheera, then Loo, the last part of Water-loo,

Bandarlog. Bun-der-loag. The Ban is pronounced Sun (you all know how to say Bun, I know); the Dar is like Dirt without the final T, and Log is like the first part of

Loganberry.

KaA. Pronounced like Car, but letting the R be scarcely sounded at all.

MOWGLI. Mou-gly. The first part of Moa(th), and the Gb from glitter.

SEEONEE. Say-oh-knee.

SHERE Khan. Share-Kham. Shere is said just like a share of anything, Khan is canC without the final t

TaBAQUI. Tab-ah-ky. Take the first part of TahQyy) cat, then say Ah, and tKe Qui is Kiss without the ss.

THIRD BITE

THE LAW OF THE WOLF CUB PACK— THE DANCES OF BALOO AND BAGHEERA— MOTHERING DAY

The Wolf Learns his Work

Have you ever read the book called White Fang, a story by Jack London ?

It is awfully good, and describes the life of a young wolf. How, as a little cub, he just tottered out of the cave where his mother lived and began to learn things.

A squirrel running round the base of a tree-trunk came suddenly upon him, and gave him a great fright He cowered down and snarled. But the squirrel w^as just as badly scared, and scampered up the tree out of his reach. Then he tried to catch a ptarmigan but she pecked him on the nose and frightened him off.

Later, his mother showed him how to He low, and to stalk his game quietly and patiently, and then to strike with lightning rapidity with his teeth. Hunting a procupine was as good a lesson as any for a wolf cub.

Porcupine hunting is a good lesson for a voolf cuh.

THE WOLF CUB^S HANDBOOK

The porcupine, directly he is alarmed, curls up like a hedgehog, with his quills bristling in every direction, and he is able, with a flip of his tail, to jab some of these sharp darts into the face and mouth of a wolf or other animal attacking him.

The old wolf, who has been wounded in this way, is not going to be caught again. He knows that he must lie without a move— almost without breathing— perhaps for an hour, before the por- cupine, thinking the coast is clear, will begin to unroll himself, and then he will only do so very^ very slowly and cautiously.

So Mr. Wolf will watch and wait until the animal is completely uncurled, and then he will strike on the instant, to rip its unpro- tected side open before it can double itself up to protect itself. .

When you have a big difficulty before you, think of the wolf and the porcupine, and do not be in a hurry to settle it. Use patience. Like the native of the West Coast of Africa catching a monkey. He says; “No good try run and grab him. No, sir; softly-softly catchee monkey!*’

In the story of “White Fang” the young wolf gets caught by some Indians, and becomes quite tame through living with them. But when the famine comes, and the tribes have no food to give to their many dogs about the camp, these poor animals go off into the woods to hunt for food for themselves.

The result is that, being civilised dogs, accustomed to having their food given them, they do not know how to hunt porperly, and most of them die of starvation, or get killed and eaten by the wild wolves.

But “White Fang,” having begun life as a wolf cub, is able to hunt on his own account, and so keep himself alive and well, until one day he finds the camp with the smell of meat cooking at the fires, and he knows that the famine is over, and he returns to his old master again.

But that which happened to the dogs is very much what happens to boys when they go out into the world pioneering. If they have never learnt, while they were boys, to look after themselves, and to make their own way, they will not succeed, but those

THE WOLF IS OBEDIENT

who have, as Cubs or Scouts, been taught all the useful dodges for getting on, will go out and make a big success of it.

So try hard to pick up all the knowledge you can while you are a Wolf Cub, Try to pass all the tests, and win the badges that are given for being clever at the game, it will be useful to you afterwards, when you want to be a real Scout

1 have seen wolf families going about, the two parent wolves stalking in front, with cubs trotting along behind on their tracks. It is quite certain that the old wolves teach their cubs most carefully all the tricks and dodges which make them such splendid hunters and so difficult for a man to catch. They are the cleverest and most cunning of all the wild animals, and it is for this reason that the men who prove themselves the best scouts are very properly called “Wolves-**

The Wolf is Obedient

There are many things tlmt wolves teach to their cubs which human Wolf Cubs might very well learn, too.

You may see several cubs playing about snapping at butterflies and tumbling over each other in play. One of them may begin to toddle off to look out for adventures.

The old mother wolf has been lying near with her head resting along her fore-paws. Suddenly she will raise her head, and stare hard at the wanderer. In a moment he will stop and look at her, and an instant later will come trotting back. Nothing is said, there is no sound, but the sharp young cub understands what is 'wanted of him, and does it at once. That is obedience.

It is what the human Wolf Cubs might do, loo— see what is wanted of them, and do it without waiting to be told or ordered.

That is how wolves, when they grow up, become such good hunters. The pack work together, and obey the orders of the chief wolf. Each one of them, when hunting a hare or a buck, would be glad to seize it and eat it for himself, but the chief wolf would not allow this.

The pack have their different duties, just like a team of football players. Those who first find the buck have to run quickly ahead of him to head him off from the refuge he .wants to make for, while those following behind run easily, so that if the leading wolves become tired, they can then go on in their places, and run the buck down.

If he is a fighting buck, with horns, and turns on them with his back to a rock, they form up round him, and calmly sit down

THE WOLF CUB*S HANDBOOK

and wait for their chance. One or two will pretend to attack him, and when he rushes at them some of the others will dart in and pin him from behind.

Or, when hunting some shy animal, some of the pack will keep driving him forward slowly, without attempting to rush him, as he might be too quick for them.

But while they are going slowly, they send one or two of their best hunters round at a great pace on to the path ahead of him. There they hide themselves, and await bis coming. The hunted one, thinking only of the enemies who keep for ever quietly following along behind him, forgets to keep a good look-out ahead, and suddenly finds himself attacked and borne down by the new foes.

So, you see, wolves in a pack all have their parts to play ; they obey the wishes of the chief wolf of the band just like players in a football team play up to the wishes of their captain. He does not have to shout his orders to them.

When you are playing you do not expect the captain to tell you every time you are to make a rush, or when to pass the ball to someone else on your side; you do all that for yourself. You know what the captain wants of you, and you do the right thing without waiting to be told. You “play the game” not only to amuse yourself, but so as to help your side to win.

That, after all, is the main duty of a Scoul—to “play the game.**

THE LAW OF THE WOLF CUB PACK

1, The Cub gives in to the Old Wolf.

In the jungle the old wolf is wise and knows what is best for successful hunting, so every cub obeys him always and at once. Even when the old wolf is out of sight the cub obeys his orders because it is the business of every wolf in the pack to “play the game*’ honourably.

And so it is in oar Wolf Cub Pack. The Cub obeys the orders of his father or mother or master, whether they are there or not to see him do it. The smallest Cub can always be trusted at all times to do his best to carry out what he knows the older people want.

2 . The Cub does not give in to himself

When the young wolf is hunting a hare to get meat for himself or for his pack, he may find that he is getting tired and wants to

THE CUB'S LAWS 35

stop; but if he is of the right sort he will not give in to himself, he will “stick to it” and will keep pressing on; he will do his best and have another try. In the end he will find that the hare is just as tired as himself— and he will get his dinner.

So in our Pack A Cub may be given a job to do, such as to skip or to learn to swim ; he may find it difficult or tiring, and if he had his way he would like to chuck it But a Cub does not give in to himself, he will stick to it and have another try; he will do h\s Oery best, and in the end he will succeed all right.

Now when you go home try and remember the thin^ that you have learnt, because as a Cub you will always be practising them, namely:—

The Rock Circle and the Parade Circle,

The Grand Howl,

The Salute,

And the Two Laws of the Cubs.

The Baloo Dance

Now we .will form the Parade Circle, and try the dance of Baloo, the bear. He was the animal in The Jungle Book who taught the Law of the Jungle to Mowgli. He was a good-natured, burly old thing, very like a big policeman.

When therefore the order “Baloo” is given, every Cub will

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

turn to the right and follow his leader, inarching very slowly and stiffly, as proud as Punch, with his stomach forward, and his elbows stuck out, chin in the air, looking left and right in a haughty way; and as he goes along he gives out the two Cub Laws in a loud voice, so that everybody shall know them'— “The Cub gives in to the Old Wolf; the Cub does not give in to him- self/’

When the Cubmaster gives the signal or order to halt, the Cubs at once stop, turn inwards, and become themselves, standing strictly at the “Alert” till they get further orders.

(Music, if desired— “The Teddy Bear Picnic*'; or the “Policeman’s Chorus,** Pirates of Penzance.)

The Bagheera Dance

BaGHEERA was the black , panther who could climb trees, or creep silently and quite unseen m the shadows by night He was the crafty and skilful hunter, brave and enduring.

Although he could be fierce and terrible when he liked, he had a kind heart, and he taught Mowgli how to hunt and get his food.

For the Bagheera Dance each Cub becomes a panther.

The Pack being in the Parade Chrcle, each Cub moves along in a crouching position, looking out to the right and left for game to hunt. Suddenly game is in sight. Every Cub squats down, turning his head and gazing towards the centre of the circle, where he must imagine there is a deer feeding. In order not to be seen, he quietly gets on to all fours, and turns towards the centre, and then crawls backwards a few* paces, in order to get a little further away from the deer, so as not to frighten him. Then every Cub begins to crawl slowly towards* the centre.

MOTHERING DAY

As they gel nearer, all creep closer to the ground and more slowly. When they get near, all lie flat till the leader says “Now!" when they all spring forward on to the imaginary deer with a yell, seize him and tear him to pieces. They all fall outwards and run jumping back to their places in the Parade Circle, carrying and biting imaginary lumps of deer meat.

During the dance every Cub must watch the leader, and instantly do the same thing as he does.

Mothering Day

One of the first Wolf Cub Packs to become efficient was the 1st Westminster, which adopted my small son Peter as its chief, although he was then only a few months old. He attended a meeting of the Pack and marched along the front of the ranks— (in his nurse’s arms!).

f think one of the most interested onlookers at the meeting was my aged mother, who was then in her ninetieth year. When the Cubs gave her three cheers, as she sat in her window, she was much affected, and she told me how much she wanted to thank them. She felt that, as they were her grandchild’s “own," they were her own grandchildren.

Talking of my mother, I should like to remind Wolf Cubs of an old English custom which they would do well to keep up as part of their duly to their parents — the Old Wolves of the First Cub Law. It is this : —

On a certain day in the year, everyone used to pay a special honour to his mother. For the Protestant and the Roman Catholic religions it was on the Sunday in mid-Lent. But for boys who do not belong to those particular forms of religion, it would do just as well, if not better, to keep it on their mother’s birthday.

The thing to do is on that day to give or send to your mother a little present, just as a mark of honour and affection.

If she is dead, you can put a few flowers on her grave— or, if you are far away from where she is buried, you can send a little money to the clergyman of the parish, and ask him to have the flowers put there. Or do something that you know she would like you to have done.

In any case, it is a good thing specially to think of and honour her who brought you into the world, and who nursed you and brought you up- Try to do things that will make her feel proud that you are her son, and never do an5rthing that would cause her

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

to feel grieved or ashamed. She has done much for you; do this for her.

Game: ‘‘Sentry-go*’

You will remember the story of the young French soldier who was on guard in the forest one dark night, when suddenly he found himself surrounded by the enemy. A bayonet was pressed against his chest, and a harsh whisper in his ear said:

“One word and you are dead!”

By keeping still and doing nothing he could save his life ; but he took a big breath and shouted the alarm with all his might

As he lay on the ground dying, and heard the bugles sound the alarm, and the noise of the regiment rushing to arms, he knew that by giving his life he had saved his comrades— so he died happy.

In the same way every man who is an explorer, a soldier, or Scout, has to Be Prepared to go through danger and hardship for the sake of his companions ; and, sometimes, even, he has to be ready, like the young soldier, to die for them.

Often, loo, it is very dull and uninteresting work that he has to do for them.

At the end of a long day’s march, with sore feet and aching body, he has to do his spell of sentry-go round the camp while his friends sleep. However dead-beat he may be, he still keeps on the watch for enemies, wild beasts, or other dangers, for he knows his comrades sleep because they trust to his alertness.

Nor would he ever think of waking up the next man who is on duty one minute before the proper time, for no good Scout is a shirker. It is far more often that he tries to do more than his share of work for the others.

It is just the same whether he is risking his life for his comrades or washing up the pots after supper for them. He is always ready and willing to do things which a shirker would leave with the murmur of “It’s not my job!”

In the same way a Wolf Cub here at home is always ready to do his bit of work for the Pack— scrubbing the floor of the Den, putting a bulb in the electric light, or whatever happens to want doing.

Here is a game in which one boy does the dull work of “sentry- go,’* while the others have a more active and enj'oyahle time. He does it because it is his duty.

Two sixes take part. Cubs on one side wear a piece of red wool round their arm, and the others blue wool.

SENTRY-GO

One red Cub is given a place ^rom which he is easily seen all round. He, continues walking up and down on a certain beat of ten yards.

On his chest, slung round his neck like a sandwich-board, he wears a card not less than twelve inches square, with a design on it

Every time he completes ten beats he changes it for another design. He has altogether a supply of six cards with a different design on each, which might be something like this:

-f- 2 O O V +

The blue Cubs have to crawl near without being seen, and make written notes of the designs as they appear in turn.

On another beat a blue Cub is in the same way doing sentry- go with another lot of designs, and the red Cubs are spying on him and making a report.

The sentries do nothing except walk up and down and chnage their cards, but the rest can capture one another by snatching away the coloured wool from their arms.

The moment a boy loses the wool he is ‘‘dead,’* and out of action for the rest of the game.

There is no limit as to where Cubs may be placed, but Akela decides as to how many Cubs shall be told off to capture the other side, and how many shall go and spy on the enemy*s sentry, and read his signals or card signs.

At the end of the game, the umpire takes in all the reports and counts up how many correct reports there are. Every one of the six designs that is correctly down on a Cub’s report counts as one mark to his side, and Cubs are put on their honour not to compare their reports with one another.

Perhaps some ^ you may think that the sentry will have rather a poor time, but it is good practice for him in learning to do fiis share of the work for others without getting much fun out of it for himself.

He will just say :

“It's all in the day’s work.”

Real Wolves "Play the Game”

Even wild beasts like wolves have sense of duly and of "plasdng the game” for the good of others.

For instance, one wolf will go into a piece of bush country and thoroughly hunt it out, moving backwards and forwards iHroi^h

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

it, silently pushing his way through the difi&culties, driving the rabbits, buck, and birds before him, without trying to rush in and catch them for himself.

Out near the end of the wood or close by a runway, the other wolves are lying hid, comfortably waiting there till the game is driven within reach of them, so that they can pounce out and catch It;

If one wolf can show such an example of unselfish work to help the others, surely you, a human Wolf Cub, can do the same among your companions, and “play the game,” so that they may be the better for it, even though you may have a poor time yourself in helping them.

FOURTH BITE

THE BANDARLOG-THE CUB PROMISE-THE HUNGER DANCE 'OF KAA

Don't Chum up with the Monkleys

Some of you have been lucky enough to read Rudyard Kiplmg’s yarns in The Jangle Book- One of them tells of Mowgli’s adven- ture with the monkeys— -or Bandarlog. Mowgli is a boy who has been brought up with the wolves, has become one of the pack, and is very friendly with all the animals of the jungle.

He once said to Baloo the bear and Bagfaeera the panther that he rather liked the Bandarlog— they were so lively and cheerful.

But Baloo explained that he was quite Wrong, and that” he ought to have nothing to do with the Bandars. They have no law like the wolves have; they only use talk which they have overheard from others; they think themselves very funny and clever; but really they know nothing and are silly; they boast a great deal about what they are going to do, but they never do anything; they chatter and talk instead of working; they are evil and dirty.

THE WOLF CUB^S HANDBOOK

No one in the jungle will have anything to do with them. They are cowardly and get away into the trees and throw nuts and sticks at wounded animals. They never can remember anything; they are always going to have splendid laws of their own, but they always forget them.

I think that we can sometimes find boys who ought to be among the Bandarlog— who chatter and talk a lot and do very little; who are dirty and untidy; who are cowardly and spiteful, and who obey no laws and have no discipline such as the Wolf Cubs have.

How THE Monkeys stole Mowgli

One day the Bandarlog got hold of Mowgii. They had watched him through the trees while he was building a little house for himself out of branches and creepers, and they thought what a fine thing it would be to get him to teach them to make their own houses.

So one day, when he was sleeping, they crept down and seized him, and two of the strongest of them, grasping him by the arms, dashed up into the tree-tops with him, and then rushed him along between them for miles, leaping from tree to tree, and taking him away from his friends.

Now and then he got glimpses of the earth, far below between the branches, as they dragged him through the leaves and twigs. Now and then they would spring across an open space from one tree to another, landing with a jerk on a waving bough.

And then with a cough and a whoop they would fling them- selves into the air, outward and downward, and spring up sud- denly, hanging by their hands on the lower branches of the next tree.

So, bounding and crashing, whooping and, screeching, the whole tribe of Bandarlog swept along the tree-top roads with Mowgii as their prisoner.

Mowgli gives the Jungle Call

As he went he gave the Jungle Call to the other animals for help, and, high up in the sky above him, Chil, the kite, saw what was going ort, and watched where the monkeys took him to and then told it to Baloo and Bagheera.

These two struggled through the forest as well as they could in the direction which the monkeys had taken, but Baloo was old and slow and could not keep up with the Bandarlog.

THE BANDARLOG

Then they came across Kaa, the great serpent. He was a good- natured, slow old thing, and badly wanted bs dinner, so was easily persuaded to join in the hunt of the Bandarlog. Bagheera further told him that these monkeys had spoken insultingly of him, calling him a “footless yellow earthworm.’*

Old Kaa was not easily roused, but this disrespect made him very angry, and when Baloo said, “Will you not come and help to catch the monkeys?” he said, '*! think I will, especially as they called me ‘Yellow Fish.’ Fish indeed!”

“It was far worse than that,” said Bagheera, “worm-worm —footless yellow earthworm, they called you.”

Kaa was now thoroughly roused to join in with Baloo and Bagheera, and they made their way to an old ruined town where the monkeys lived and liked to play at being men.

Bagheera, in his keenness, got ahead of the other two, and when he saw the monkeys gather round Mowgli he dashed in and boldly attacked them.

But there were thousands of them, and they ail rushed for him at once and soon overwhelmed him, and he was obliged to take refuge in a deep pool of water, until Baloo came up and also tackled them.

Then there was a glorious fight; but in order to make sure that Mowgli should not be taken from them, the monkeys took him on to the roof of a small summer-house and dropped him down through a hole into the place from which there was no escape. He found it full of poisonous snakes, but he at once gave the jungle hiss of the snake, and they became friendly and did him no harm.

Kaa to the Rescue

Bagheera and Baloo were having a rough time and were getting rather the worst of it in the batde, when old Kaa appeared upon the scene, and, gathering all his strength, he rushed for the crowd of monkeys and butted in with his hard head, knocking them right and left, and frightening them still more with his hiss, for the monkeys all knew that they were the favourite food of the python, and in terror they turned and fled.

Then the three faithful animals turned to get Mowgli out of his prison, and Kaa succeeded in doing it by gathering up his enormous strength and butting a hole in the wall with his own head. Mowgli was thus able to escape.

Then Kaa commenced a curious twisting and turning out in

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

the open, and hissed to the monkeys who were crowding in the trees round about and told them that he was going to dance the Hunger Dance; and as he twisted and turned himself about the monkeys could not resist watching him, until they could no longer control thenaselves-and he called to them to come to him, and they gradually came nearer and nearer, until he was able to seize those that he wanted, and to crush them up in the folds of this body, and then to swallow them down, one another, until he had had a full meal of them.

And that was the end of Mowgli’s adventure with the Bandarlog.

The Promise “

I don’t think any boy wants to belong to the Bandarlog -that is, the silly-ass boys, who tear about without any real work to do or games to play or laws to obey. Wolf Cubs are not like them — they have their duties to the Pack to carry out— they enjoy Aemselves just as much— indeed a great deal more than the Bandarlog because they have games with proper rules and work that is really useful.

Like the Scouts, a boy before becoming a Wolf Cub has to make a Promise. It is this :

- I promise to do my best

To do my duty to God, and the King,

To keep the Law of the Wolf Cub Pack, and to do a good turn to somebody every day.”

Doing your Duty

When a fellow promises to do a thing, he means that it would be a terrible disgrace to him if he afterwards neglected or forgot to it out; in other words when a Wolf Cub promises to do a ming, you may be perfectly certain that he will do it

To do your duty to God means never to forget L»oa, but^ io remember Him in everything that you do. If ycm never forgit Him you will never do anything wrong. If, when you ^e doing ^mething wrong, you remember God, you will stop doing It-

THE CUB'S PROMISE

You are taught to say grace before dinner, and to return thanks to God after it. Well, I think you ought to do the same after anything that you have enjoyed, whether it is your dinner, or a good game, or a jolly day. God has given you the pleasure, so you ought to thank Him for it, just as you would thank any person who gave you something that you liked.

2. To the King—\ have told you how wolves in a pack all obey the chief wolf. So it is in our nation. The British people are a very big Pack, but they have their one Chief, His Majesty the King. So long as they look up to him, and obey him, their work will be successful like the hunting of the pack, or the football match, where all obey their captain.

If everybody started to play the game in his own way, there would be no rules, and there could be no success. But if we

‘play the game** and back up, as the King directs, our country

will always be successful.

And in the same way, as a Wolf Cub, you must obey the leader of your Pack and Six.

3, To k^ep the Lou?. — Every game has its rules. So if you play the game properly you obey the rules. These are the Rules or Laws of the Wolf Cub game, which you learned in the last bite.

The Good Turn

But now about doing a good turn to somehody every day.

Wolf Cubs have a patent dodge of making themselves happy. How do you suppose they do it?

By running about and playing at Wolf Cub games? By going out into camp? By exploring the country? By getting to know all about the ways of animals and birds?

Yes, they do all these things, anJ make themselves happy; but they have a still better way than that. It is very simple. They do it by making other people happy.

That is to say, every day they do a kindness to someone. It does not matter who the person is (so long as it is not them- selves!)— friend or stranger, man, woman, or child. Though, like the Knights of old, they prefer to do it to a woman or child.

And the kindness, or “good turn,** need not be a big

thing. t V •

You can generally get a chance of doing an act of politeness m your own home, such as helping to do some little job about the

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

house; or you can, if away from home, take a little child safely across the street, or do something of that sort

Be always ready to carry a parcel for anybody, to give up your seat in a crowded tram, or show people the way ; to open doors for ladies, to help old women, blind men, or children to cross the street, to give water to thirsty dogs or horses, to protect birds from having their nests broken into, and robbed by other boys-" these and hundreds of other kinds of good turns any Wolf Cub can do, and must do, if he is acting up to his promise to do Good Turns.

And you must never take a reward for doing a good turn ; if, when you have carried a heavy parcel or called a taxi for an old lady, she offers you some money, you should salute and say,

- Thank you, ma’am, I am a Wolf Cub, and it’s my duty to do

you a good turn. I cannot take any money for it. Thank you all the same.”

If you take money for it, it is not a good turn, but just a piece of work that has been paid for.

Some boys, when they have done a good turn, go and brag about it to other boys, and to their parents and friends, as if they had done the finest thing in the world. That is not the way with Wolf Cubs or Scouts— they keep quiet about what they have done.

One day an old gentleman, a friend of mine, was attacked in a back street by a rough, who hit him in the stomach and snatched away his gold watch, and ran away with it A Boy Scout, however, was near, and he alone dashed off in pursuit. He was not able to catch the thief, but he pressed him so close that the man, fearing that he might get caught with the watch in his possession, dropped it, and ran on.

The Scout picked up the watch, and as he was unable to over- take the thief, he came back to the old gentleman, gave him back his watch, went and called a cab, and got him into it, and then went off without saying who he was, or to what Troop he belonged.

The old gentleman asked me to find the boy so that he might reward him, but I was never able to do so. The Scout had done his duty, he did not swank about it, or tell others. He just did it because it was his duty, not because he expected to get praised or rewarded.

That is the way with Scouts— and so it is with Cubs.

Wolf Cubs have sharp eyes. Have you noticed a little thing, in the picture of the Cub saluting,^ about his scarf? You see

THE CUB GRIN

there are^ two knots in it. The lower one is what a Cub ties to remind him to do his good turn for the day. He leaves the knot in the end of his scarf to remind him that, having done one good turn, he can do another.

The Cub Grin

Then there’s another thing, which, if you have the sharp eyes of a Cub, you will have noticed, and that is that in each of the pictures of a Cub, he is grinning.

Well, if you look at a real wolf, or even a dog when he has been running about, he wears a big grin on bis mouth. So, too, the boy-Cub should be always smiling. Even if you don’t feel like smiling — and sometimes you may feel more like crying— remember this, that

Cubs Never Cry

In fact. Cubs always smile, and if they are in difficulty, in pain, in trouble, or in danger, they

Always Grin and Bear It

That is what our soldiers and sailors do in war-time, so I am sure a Cub can do it.

Not long ago, a very young boy, named Francis Palmer, belonging to the Wolf Cubs of the 18th Bristol Group, was knocked down by a motor-car, bis left leg broken in two places, and the side of his face badly cut about.

The boy was naturally in great pain; but, to the astonishment of the doctors and nurses, never cried or complained. One of the doctors asked him why he was so brave, and his answer was:

- I am a Wolf Cub, and so must not cry.”

A Japanese Cub

After a terrible earthquake in Japan, there gathered on the Reclaimed Land at the foot of the Bluff at Yokohama a crowd of people who had escaped being killed by the falling houses. Some 'were unhurt, hut nearly all had some cut or wound, and some were terribly damaged. The British Chaplain moved round attending the worst cases, and doing his best to cheer people up. Suddenly in the long grass he saw a small boy l 3 n[ng, and he was trying to recognise the boy, when a hand went up and a faint voice said: here, Mr. Strong.

All the rest are in Heaven.** “All the rest** meant hk father, mother, sister, governess, and a friend, though afterwards

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

it was found that his mother had escaped injury. He was Frank Purington, Wolf Cub of nine years old, one of the brightest boys in the Settlement, with his right arm and left foot crushed to a pjlp. They came at last to remove him to a boat, and as they tried to raise him, he just gave a little whimper, but he pulled himself together. “No, I mustn’t cry. I’m a Wolf Cub. But please be very caureful of this arm and that foot, as they hurt a lot.” They carried him gently to the boat and got him on board the Dongola, and as they laid him down, he told them how to put him so that his wounds hurt him least. The next morning when the doctor approached him, he said, “Don’t bother about me, doctor. Look after the others. My time’s up.” Soon after be died.

Now let us get hack to the Jungle, and keep in our minds the story of Kaa and the Bandarlog.

The Hunger Dance of Kaa the Python

The leader will be Kaa’s head, and the rest of the Pack will tail on behind him, each holding the Cub in front of him, and will follow the head wherever it goes, moving as slowly as possible, and keeping step with the Cub in front of him.

The head will quietly glide along on a track like the figure of eight, and will then wind his tail up into a circle, gradually getting smaller and smaller, until he turns round and works his way out again in the figure which the Scouts call the “Spiral.”

Every Cub will keep on hissing during the whole performance.

THE KAA DANCE

and will walk sliding his feet along without making the slightest noise, so that the whole body sounds like a snake rustling through the grass, making cccasicnally the louder hiss which is a snake's way of calling to his friends.

When Kaa has thus coiled and uncoiled himself, the leader gives the command ‘‘Bandarlog,’* and at once the snake breaks up and each Cub runs about in his own way, imitating the mcnkejs.

One will run as if on urgent business in a certain direction and will suddenly stop, sit down, and look at the sky. Another will dance cn all fours rcund and round wilhcut any real object. Another will hunt his own tail. Others will climb imaginary branches and sit down and scratch in the middle of it. One will keep turning rcund in a figure of eight. Another will creep cn all fcurs up to some imaginary enemy and then suddenly sit down and look up at the stars. Anotkef runs after his own tail, walks a few paces, and then ruts after his tail again. Another will keep prancing, pick up an imaginary straw and examine it and prance again. A.nolher turns head ever heels, sits up and scratches himself. Another will walk very hurriedly for a few** paces as if cn iir portent business, stop, fcrgel what he was going for, scratch his head and walk rapidly again in a new direclicn, and do the same thing over again.

In fact, do any silly thing you like such as monkeys do— hut don’t take any interest in what anybody else is doing Be very busy all the time and do all the different things in turn. The whole time you keep cn giving the menkey’s call. All will be in a slate of confusicn doing aimlessly silly things, and all will at the same time give the monkey’s cry— “Goorrukk, goorrukk how, how, goorrukk.”

Suddenly the leader shouts ‘‘Kaa.” The monkeys freeze with horror, for they know, only too well, what their terrible enemy will do to them.

The Cub who forms Kaa’s head stands up with arms out- stretched, thumbs clasped, head down, and slowly swings his body to and fro. He hisses once and all the monkeys take an unwilling step forward. He points out one of them. The fright- ened victim crawls forward between lus legs and is “swallow’ed,” and then tails cn behind the leader, as in the first part of the Dance. Perhaps a dozen monkeys go this way, one after the other, and so reform the body of Kaa; the others slowly move round to the back and retake their places as his tail When all

THE WOLF CUB*S HANDBOOK

have joined up, the snake moves heavily round in a circle, and then lies down and goes to sleep after his heavy meal.

This is done by all lying down one after the other starting with the tail.

As soon as the head of Kaa has wound round into a fairly close circle, each Cub must take short steps. The last Cub in the tail then sinks down very slowly; the pressure of his hands upon the shoulders of the Cub in front draws him down also, until all the body of Kaa is lying down except the front three. These three, led by the head of Kaa, sway for a moment, the head looking round and about, before finally sinking to rest

FIFTH BITE

THE GOODFELLOWS-HOW TO MAKE YOURSELF USEFUL

AT HOME— ZULU BOY GAME— THE DANCE OF SHERE KHAN’S DEATH

The Goodfellows

Out in the jungle there lived an old Owl with great round yellow eyes and two little tufts on his head like ears. Silly children were afraid of him because he only came out at night, and gave a weird hooting cry which they thought sounded Jghoslly; but any jungle boy knew that he was a wise old thing and kind to every- body. In the village there lived a tailor who had two little sons, Tommie and Johnnie. They lived with him and their old grand- mother, their own mother being dead. Although she loved them both. Grannie was always having to find fault with the boys because of their laziness and forgetfulness and untidiness. They used to tear about the place yelling and playing their games, upsetting the furniture, breaking the crockery, spoiling their clothes, and generally making themselves a nuisance. They never thought what trouble they were giving to other people so long as they had a good time themselves.

Then Grannie told them how different it had been in the house m years gone by wheBf the Goodfellow had come there. “What was a Goodfellow?** the boys wanted to know.

“The Goodfellow,** said Grandmother, “was a Iitde wee man who came to the house before anyone was up, and he swept the hearth and lit the fire, drew the water and got breakfast ready ; he tidied up the rooms, he weeded the garden; he did every kind of useful work, but no one ever saw him. He always slipped away before the people of the house got up. But he was the greatest blessing to everyone. All were happy* and home was bright and clean.”

So Tommie and Johnnie wanted to know how they could get a Goodfellow to come and help in their house and so to save them from having to' do the many odd jobs that their Father and Grannie were always asking them to do.

52 THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

They begged their Grannie to tell them how they could fim! a Goodfcllow, and she told them that the best way was to go and find a wise old Owl and ask him, as he probably knew all about the Fairies and could tell them where to look for a Goodfellow.

So Tcmmie, the older, went out after dark, and when he heard the old Owl calling he imitated his cry and so got near him and had a talk, Tommie told him his troubles ; how he was always being bothered to work when he wanted to play, and if only he could get hold of a Goodfellow to conne and live in the house he would not have to do any more jobs himself, but could have a nice easy time,

“Ohoo! Hoo-hoc-hco! Hco-hoo-hoo-hoocoo!” said the old Owl. *‘You see that pool over there. Go to the north side of it when the mocn is bright, then turn round three times and say:

Tw'ist me and turn me and show me the Elf—

I looked in the water and saw **•

.a, I ^

foil

To get the finishing word of the rhyme look down into the water and there you will see the Goodfellow, and his name will fill in the rhyme which you want.”

So when the moon was up, Tommie went to the pool and turned himself round three times and cried;

“Twist me and turn me and show me the Elf~

I looked in the water andsaw***”

THE GOODFELLOWS

But when he looked into the pool, he saw nothing at all except his own reflection.

So he went back to the Owl and told him how he had seen no one there except his own reflecticn in the water when he had hoped to End a Goodfellow who would come to the house and do ail tile work.

Then the Owl said: “Did you see no one whose name would complete the rhyme that I gave you>“

He said : “ No one.**

And the Owl said: “Who did you see in the water?**

Tommie replied: “No one but myself.”

Then the Owl said: “Would not the word ‘myselF make the rhyme?

And Tommie thought of the ihyme;

“Twist me and turn me and show me the Elf—

I looked in ihe water and saw myself.’*

“But I’m not a Gocdfellow.”

The Owl replied; “No, but you can be. You can be a Good- fellow if you try. You are a strong little boy. You could sweep the floor; you are clever enough to lay the fire and light it; you could fill the kettle and put it on to boil; you could tidy up the room; you cculd lay the breakfast things; you could make your bed and fold up your clothes; you could do all these things before anyone else was up, so that when your Father and Grannie came down they would think that Fairies had been at work.”

Goodfellows are the small people who live in the house and who do good there.

In some houses instead of Goodfellows there are Boggarts. These are little demons. When people want to be quiet, for writing or reading, or when they are feeling ill or tired, the Boggarts begin to yell and scream and rusk about the place.

When the house is clean and tidy they come and upset eve^- thing, breaking the furniture and the crockery and leaving everything untidy for other people to clean up. They are dirty and lazy themselves, and don’t do a diing to help their parents.

Boggarts are horrid little beasts, very different from the Good- fellows.

But the Goodfellows are not really Fairies, they are just ordinary boys and girls living in the house who make themselves into

THE WOUF CUB’S HANDBOOK

Goodfellows by getting up m good time to do their good turns, instead of lying in bed and behaving like Boggarts.

Goodfellows do their work quietly without wanting to be thanked or rewarded for it. They do it because it is their duty to their father and mother and family. It may sometimes be a trouble to them if they are feeling tired or want to be playing, but they must remember that it is their Duty, and Duty comes before everything else.

So in our story, Tommie and Johnnie after being .put up to it by the old Owl slipped out of their beds early in the morning.

They cleaned up the place and lit the fire; put the breakfast all ready and slipped quietly back to their bedroom; so that when Father and Grannie came down expecting to have to do all the work' themselves, they were astonished to find everything already done for them, and they believed that the Fairies had come.

Day after day this went on, and the boys got more fun out of doing their duty than they had ever got out of playing rowdy games, and it was only a long time afterwards that their parents discovered who were the real Goodfellows.

So every Cub can be and should be a Goodfellow in his home by doing good turns every day for hk father and mother, and without making any fuss about it.

A Cub is never a Boggart.

And he does not merely do Good Turns at home, but also when he is out and away from home; to his school-fellows or schoolmaster when at school ; to his fellow Cubs or his Cub- master in the Den ; to people he sees in the streets or the tram or the village.

Wherever he sees a chance of moking himself useful to anybody the Cub should do it— because it is his duty. And he must not take any reward for doing it.

How To Make Yourself Useful

Do you make your own bed in the morning? If you do not, why shouldn’t you do it? You are perfectly well able to do it, and you would save other people a lot of trouble if you made it for yourself.

Do you know, I always make my own bed myself, and put away my clothes and tidy my own room, and I am sure that any Wolf Cub can do the same. Also, as I am generally up before anybody else, in the house, I don’t wait for somebody to come and lay and light the fire, but I do it myself --and I like doing it

BEING USEFUL

— Examine your bed and see how the sheets and blankets are laid and tucked, and do the same with it to-morrow without a word to anyone. How surprised they will be to find their work already done.

Don’t forget in making your bed that all the sheets and blankets should be stripped ot and aired. The mattress turned end over end so that the upper side last night will be the under side to-night; this prevents it becoming knobby and holey. When you re-lay the sheets and blankets, put them on very carefully and smoothly, without a wrinkle, so that no one could have done it more neatly.

Fire-lighting. -^iSee Twelfth Bite.)

Cleaning Windows.-- A wet wash-leather to clean, and a dry one to polish it, make a window very bright and nice.

Cleaning Boots and Shoes.— This you can learn best from watching a bootblack at his work, and noticing all the different dodges he has of cleaning and polishing his customer’s boots. I love cleaning boots, and it is almost as satisfactory as cleaning all the brass-work with a soft rag and **Brasso.’*

Wash up plates, cups, knives, and forks, but don’t be clumsy and chip or break the cups. The water must be hot in order to wash off the grease. Dry and polish them afterwards.

Sweep Carpefs. —Sprinkle damp tea-leaves out of yesterday’s teapot oh the carpet and sweep them up; they collect and keep the dust.

Wash ClotheSj Handkerchiefs, and Socks. Soap the things in lukewarm water, and leave them rolled up to soak. Then wash in fresh water. Rinse out in fresh cold water, and hang out to dry.

Take haby out in a pram—hxA don’t leave it to go and play with other boys. You are on Goodfellow Duty and therefore, like a sentry, not allowed to leave your post Keep out of the roadway, and away from the danger of motor-cars, runaway horses, etc.

Run messages as fast as you can, and without making stupid mistakes or forgetting what was told you like ordinary boys do.

These are just a few ideas on being a Goodfellow in your home.

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK Zulu Boy Game

'* white and turned out

into the bush to be hunted by the tribe.

cocked hit®Lfer“‘®‘* 1“ a white

cwked hat made of paper, which he must not take off during the

kidV'hLr “ «'« •»•!' «»i

Then the tribe (or pack) -are told off into pairs, and are let ti'fferent directions to hunt him. They can track himi w“Ld^T7h^^ wearing a white cocked

rannnt j «MUst be there together to do it; he

ca^ot be captured by a single Cub.

The white boy must net hide in any inhabiled building unless a rule is madb allowing it. but he may ride in a cart or cmiie o1 any kind, and he must keep his hat cn all the time. ^

wins the gam^^^ “* keeping his hat uncaptured for an hour, he

The Dance of Shere Khan’s Death

Jungle for the Dance of Shere Khan’s Death, bi^lymg tiger s last day came when rudely awakened from

killed '’.id “ ^ '*!! Waingunga River. At dawn he had

killed and eaten a pig, and had drunk tco. Mowgli, with the

help of Akela and Grey Brother, divided a herd of buffalo in two and drove them into the ravine from opposite ends. She« Khan, imable to clamber up the sides of the ravine after his big meal, was trampled to death beneath the feet of the terrified buffaloes. It was a dog s death. Now for the Dance. First the Pack form a circle, and turning to the left walk round singing the following words to the tune of Frire Jacques:

Mowgli’s hunting, Mowgii’s hunting, Killed Shere Khan, Killed Shere Khan,

THE DANCE OF SHERE KHAN’S DEATH

Skinned the Cattle-eater,

( Y ell) Rah-rah-rah !

Rah-Tah~rah !

(For after Shere Khan was dead Mowgli skinned him, although he had a quarrel with old Buldeo the Hunter first, and had to ask Grey Brother to hold the man to the ground until he promised to go away* Mowgli took the skin to the Council Rock after- wards, as you know.) Now return to the song. One step is taken to each line, and the song is immediately repeated, with ever 3 ^one turning about, and moving in the opposite direction. The actions are as follows; LINE I, move off with right foot and right hand, the hand is held to shade the eyes in the attitude of a Scout peering over the country. LINE 2, repeat with left hand. Line 3, a vigorous stabbing movement with the right hand, as though stabbing the tiger. LINE 4, repeat LINE 5, both hands raised in front of face, imitate action of skinning, by tearing the hide apart LINE 6, repeat LINE 7, dance round to the right waving the arm above the head. LINE 8, repeat

For the second part, Cubs get down on all fours facing to the centre of the circle, with the leader outside. This part of the dance consists of a series of taunts to the dead tiger by the leader, the Pack responding to each by growling and crawling a little towards the centre of the circle. There are four taunts in all. Both taunts and growls start fmrly softly and increase gradually in noise and anger- There should be no movement or sound from the Pack between the growls- The four taunts are: Lungri, Frog-eater, Burned beast of the Jungle, Hunter of litde naked Man Cufasl By the time of the fourth growl, the Pack should have reached the Rock Circle.

You begin the third part of the dance by kneeling back on your haunches, hands hanging loosely by the sides. The leader should already be in place in the centre by the Council Rock.

He kneels back in the same way, stretches both hands above his head, and says slowly and dramatically, “Share Khan is DEAD!” The Pack then stretch their arms up in the same position and, taking their time from him and keeping their hands in the same position, bow forward three times till beads and hands touch the ground, saying, “Dead-dead-dead f’ Then all jump up and shout “Hurrah 1” excitedly three times, and drop to the ground as though shot in mid-air? After lying in dead silence for about five seconds, the signal is given to get upf and the Dance

THE WOLP CUB-S HANDBOOK

of Death is over. The dance is not nearly so hard as it sounds froto the description, and if each part is tried separately before putting them all together, any Pack can learn it

If you want to entertain your fathers and mothers and friends, it is good to do the Dance of Tabaqui, and immediately afterwards the Dance of Shere Khan’s Death.

SIXTH BITE

THE UNIFORM— THE INVESTITURE OF A TENDERPAD- THE SIX-TOTEM POLES

Uniform

The wolf cub of the jungle is like many other animals, he has four le^, a head, and a tail. So has a goat, or a pig, or a giraffe— but these animals are not all clothed in the same kind of fur, nor are they of the same shape or colour. You can tell a wolf from these by his shape and the colour of his fur, and all wolves are exactly like each other. So with the boy Wolf Cubs— they are like any other boys in having each a head, and two arms and two legs, but you can tell a Wolf Cub at once, because he is clothed in a different way from the ordinary boy — he wears the Cub uniform, which is a jersey and shorts and stockings, and a green cap with yellow piping, and scarf of the colour of his Group.

And like the cubs of the jungle he keeps it smart and clean, he does not allow mud and dirt to remain on it, and he takes care not to get it torn and ragged in playing about among the bushes.

Remember, too, that with the boy Wolf Cubs the uniform means something more, it means that you are now one of a big brotherhood. It goes all over the world. There are your brother Wolf Cubs everywhere in the British Empire-— in Australia and New Zealand, in Africa, in Canada, in India, as well as in other countries,— all doing the same work and all wearing the seune jerseys, shorts, and caps. ,

People think a great lot of a boy who is dressed in this uniform, because they know he is not an ordinary boy, but that he can be clean and smart and active, and that he can be trusted to do his best to obey orders or to do good turns for other people.

That IS what is expected of you because you wear this uniform.

So be sure, each one of you, to carry out this idea, not only when you are at a Pack meeting, but when you are at home, or in the streets or lanes away from the Pack. Always think of your Duty, When you arc in uniform you are *'on duty/’

THE WOLF Cl^*S HANDBOOK

You are like a soldier or a sailor wearing the King's uniform. Remember how these gallant men have got 'wounded and have suffered pain and hardship, and very many have given up their lives, merely to get their duty done, without caring what trouble it brought upon them.

You, too, can show people that, as one of the Wolf Cubs, you can stick to your duty and do it though it may be a trouble to you, and even though it may bring you into danger. That doesn't matter.

Duty before all for a Wolf Cub

And what is DUTY?

Why, it is just carrying out the Cub Law and Promise. So to be a true Wolf Cub you must know these by heart, understand them, and carry them out at all times.

To-day, therefore, we are going to see that each New Chum remembers what he has already learned.

The Cub’s Promise,

The Cub Law,

The Salute,

The Grand Howl.

I expect that your Akela will have a little talk with you about these very important things before he can be sure that you are ready to become a Wolf Cub and make that very solemn Promise.

The Ceremony of Inyestiture of a Tenderpad

The recruit (or new chum) is brought into the Parade Circle. His cap is laid at the feet of the Cubmaster, who stands opposite him.

Cubmaster ; Do you know the Law and Promise of the Wolf Cub Pack, the Grand Howl and the Salute?

Recruit: Yes, sir, I do.

Cubmaster: What is the Law?

Recruit: The Cub gives in to the Old Wolf. The Cub does not give in to himself.

Cubmaster: Are you ready to make the solemn Promise of the Wolf Cubs ?

Recruit: Yes, sir, I am, I promise to do my best, to do my duty to God, and the King, to keep the Law ci the Wolf Cub

THE INVESTITURE OF A TENDERPAD

Pack, and to do a good turn to somebody every day. (While the Promise is being made the whole Pack stands at the Salute.)

Cubmaster : I. trust you to do your best to keep this Promise. You are now a Wolf Cub and one of the Great Brotherhood of Scouts. (Gives him his badges, puts on his cap for him— being careful to put it on straight— and shakes hands with his left hand. The Cub changes the badge from his right hand into his left hand, and salutes the Cubmaster with his right hand. Then he turns about and salutes the Pack. He pauses for a moment at the ‘‘Alert” while the Pack salute in return as if welcoming him into the Pack.) He then joins his Six.

The ceremony ends with the Grand Howl, in which the Tender- pad is now able- to enter for the first time.

The Six

Now you are ho longer a new chum but a Tenderpad, wearing the uniform of the Pack; and you are something more than this. You are not only a member of your Pack, but also of one of the Sixes which form that Pack.

A Six, as you probably know, is made up of six boys under a Leader, and these always stick together for work or for play, and each Six is called after a Wolf by its colour— either the Black Wolves, the Brown Wolves, the White Wolves, the Grey Wolves, the Tawny Wolves or Red Wolves.

Each Cub wears on his arm a triangular badge of' cloth of the colour of his Six.

The Leader of the Six is called the “Sixer,” and his orders must always be obeyed by the other fellows in the Six. The seccmd boy in the Six is called the “Second,” and his. job is to help the Sixer whenever he can. It is up to each Cub in the Six to help to make his Six the best in the Pack.

Totem Poles

Every Pack should own a Totem Pole. The word “Totem” 18 an Indian one, and simply means the “crest” or “coat-of- arms” of the family, using it The crest or coat-of-arms was usually painted or printed on most of the things that the owmer used. For instance, an easy crest to describe is that of the Prince of Wales. It is made up of three ostrich plumes held together at the bottom by a ribbon, on which are printed the words or motto, “Ich Dien,” which means “I Serve.”

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

Now the American Indian families had their own Totems carved when they could afford them. They were generally tall cedar posts or poles wonderfully carved. The crest v/as to be found at the top, and was generally a beast, bird or fish. They

An Indian Totem

A Pack Totem,

looked upon it as a kind of mascot, and believed that it watched over them, and protected them in all danger. All Cubs belong to one large family with brother Cubs in many lands, and our crest is the Wolf Head. You wear it in cloth on your caps and jerseys, and a metal one in your buttonhole when you are not in uniform. A model of a Wolf Head can be made in fretwork, or some Old Wolves can carve one from a block of wood, or even a stuffed head can be used if you are lucky enough to get one. The pole can be an ash staff, or anything that you like. Now

TOTEM POLES

fasten the head on top of the pole, and there you are. Always treat your Totem with care and respect, never knock it about. Now every time a Cub wins a Proficiency Badge, a ribbon of the colour of the badge group is fastened on the pole, and the Cub*s name written on a tab which is fastened to the end. Other honours earned by the Pack can be added as well, and perhaps a brass-headed nail can be driven into the Pole for every boy who joins the Pack.

5 *

SEVENTH BITE

THE STARS— FIRST STAR TESTS— THE UNION JACK AND HOW TO F LY IT— FLAG GAME

The Stars

Now that you are a Tenderpad, you are allowed to win and wear two stars on your cap, to show how good you are at your work and to make you a full-blown Wolf Cub, but don’t forget the Cub’s promise and the Law of the Pack, nor think because you learnt them up for your investiture that you can drop them and forget all about them. You must remember them always, and not only be able to repeat them to anybody at any time, but also to tell them to yourself every day and do your best to act up to them.

Most of you know by sight the badge of the Boy Scouts— the arrow-head with two stars on its outer wings. Do you know what those two stars mean? They are the two bright eyes of the Wolf Cub before he became a Scout— meaning that the Scout remembers the clever things that he learnt to do while he was yet a Cub— and that he sees everything— nothing escapes his notice, whether on the ground, in the air, round about him, far away or near.

The work necessary to win those stars may seem rather a lot for a Cub to do, but it is well worth the trouble, because when you have got your Second Star you can really fee! that both your eyes are open in the Jungle. In later Bites we will talk about the Second Star, and about the badges you may be able to go in for after that.

Now I will show you how to start working for your Rrst Star. The First Star

Before being awarded the First Star a Tenderpad must satisfy his Cubmaster that he can repass his Tenderpad tests and pass the following tests:

(1) Know the composition of the Union Jack and the right way to fly it.

(2) Be able to tie the following knots and know their uses: reef knot, sheet bend.

FIRST STAR TESTS

(3) Turn a somersault; leapfrogo ver another boy of the same size ; hop (not necessarily on the same foot) round a figure of eight course of approximately 25 yards; throw a ball first with the right band, then with the left, so thajt a boy 10 yards away catches it four times out of six; catch a ball (either hand or both may be used) thrown to him from 10 yards distance four times out of six.

(4) Skip with both feet together thirty times, (It must be done backwards on the toes with the Imees slightly bent all the time: the Cub must turn the rope himself.) Walk upright and with good carriage, carrying a weight on his head, for 20 yards.

(5) Know how and why he should keep his hands and feet clean, his nails clean and cut, and his teeth clean; and why breathe through his nose; and be carrying these things out in practice.

(6) Be able to tell the lime by the clock.

(7) Recite the first and third verses of “God Save the King-*'

(8) Clean a pair of boots or shoes, fold bis clothes neatly, and satisfy his Cubmaster that he is doing his best to keep the Pack Den tidy and to leave no litter anywhere.

(9) Have at least three months’ satisfactory service as a Cub.

The First Star is worn in the front of the cap, on the right side

of die Wolf Cub Badge.

The Union Jack and the right way to fly it

The Union Jack, our National Flag, is rather a confusing one to look at, until you know what it is made up of. You know that England^ Scotland, and Ireland aJI have their Patron Saints, namely, St George, St. Andrew, and St Patrick, and the flag is made up of the diflerent crosses which represent those Saints.

Thus St George wore a red cross on a white flag..

THE WOLP CUB’S HANDBOOK

St. Patrick had a red corner- wise cross on a white flag.

And all three have been put together in one flag called the Union Jack. That’s what composition means— -putting together three flags so as to make one. Some people say that the word

‘Jack’* comes from the ancient naune which was given to the

ishixt which soldiers wore over their armour, because when they were in armour they all looked alike and it was difficult to see which side they belonged to in battle; and on the shirt they wore the cross of the Patron Saint of their country-

Thus a soldier in a white shirt with a red cross on it was known to be an Englishman, fighting under the “Jacque,” or what we should call now the “jacket,” of St George.

Similarly, on our ships the same colours are flown in the form of a flag (which was also called “Jacque”) down to the present day.

Your Akela will tell you lots of stories about the Saints of the three flags, and will show you how certain flowers and creatures are connected with them. You all know, for instance, that the

THE UNION JACK

rose is the national flower of England, and that the dragon is connected with St, George because of the legend about their great battle.

How TO FLY THE UNION JaCK

Now everybody ought to know how* to fly the Union Jack. Yet there are a great many people who do not know' which is the right way up of the flag.

A boy would look an awful ass in the eyes of Scouts if he went and hoisted the Union Jack upside down!

Above are two pictures of the flag. The part of it nearest to the mast is called the “hoist**; the tail end of it is called the “fly/* The red arms of the flag from corner to corner have a narrow' white band on one side of them and a broad one on the other. The broad one should be to the top of the flsig on the “hoist** side, and towards the bottom of the B.ag in the “fly.**

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

The top picture shows the right way up, and the lower one the flag upside down. Can you see the difference? Study it well, and do not forget it afterwards.

Drawing Flags and Emblems

A good way of remembering what you know about the Union Jack, and the way it is made up, is to draw little pictures about it Here is one way in which you can set to work. It is often a good thing for the whole Six to share the v-'ork between them. Take twelve cards about five inches long and three wide. On each of the cards draw and colour with chalk or paints one of the following things:

1. The Cross of St. George.

2. A red English rose.

3. A fiery dragon.

4. The Cross of St Andrew.

5. A prickly Scottish thistle.

6. A fish (St. Andrew was a fisherman).

7. The Cross of St. Patrick.

8. A shamrock leaf for Ireland.

9. A bishop’s mitre for St Patrick.

10. 'I On these cards you can draw sham crosses or pictures

1 1. !• such as a blue cross on a white ground, a daisy, or what-

12. j ever you like. You will see the idea of this when you come

to play the game I am just going to describe.

The Flag Game

When you have finished these cards, you can play a game with them with the other Sixes. Each Six has a packet of the cards, which are shuffled up into any order. The Sixes get into file, and the cards are put in front of the Sixer, face downwards. At the other end of the Den, four squares are chalked on the floor opposite each Six. One is called England, another Scotland, another Ireland, and the fourth is called **Sham.’* On the word the Sixer runs out, picks up the top card, looks at it, takes it to the squares and puts it in whichever square he thinks

THE FLAG GAME

is the right one. He then runs ’bacfc and touches the next Cub, who does just the same thing. This goes on until all the cards are in the squares. Then I expect Akela will look at the cards and see whether you have all put them in the right squares, and will decide -which Six played best.

EIGHTH BITE

OBSERVATION — TRAINING SENSES — STALKING - A SNOW NEWSPAPER-TRACK READING-PETS

Now this is the law of the Jungle— as old and as true as the sky— And the Wolf that shall k^ep it may prosper ^ but the Wolf ihat shall break must die.

The Jackal may follow the Tiger; but Cub, when thy whiskers are grown,

Remember the Wolf is a hunter— go forth and get food of thine own.

Rudyard Kipling.

This means that the jackal is a sneaking sort of beast, who does not hunt and get his own food, but who creeps about when the tiger goes hunting, and then gets some of what is left when the tiger has finished his meal.

The jackal is just like the worthless kind of man, who never earns his own living, but sneaks about be^ing and living on other people’s earnings.

But the wolf IS very different. He hunts his own meat, like the manly fellow who earns his own living and makes his own way in the world without leaving it to other people to help him. So you, my dear Cub, are learning to do the same.

When a wolf hunts animals for food, he does so by smelling where they have gone.

A man, who has not the same power of smell, hunts animals hy following their tracks; and for the Scout this tracking is his regular way, not only of hunting, but of getting information.

Now tracking and stalking are fine things to do, but if you are to be a good tracker you want a great deal of practice and training. It takes seven full years to train a real tracker in India. ! am afraid you will have to wait until you are a Scout to do real tracking, but there are plenty of things which you can do while jou are a Cub which will help you. tremendously later on.

SENSE-TRAINING

7 !

Training Your Senses

1^^ Before a Scout can be a successful tracker, he must be able to notice every small thing that may help him to reach his object. He has not only got to see everjrthing, but use his ears and nose and hands. Above all, he*s got to use his mind, so that he can think out the meaning of the things he notices.

^"As Cubs, then, you must learn to use your eyes and ears and nose and hands and mind. There’s a list for you! It will give you plenty to do, and I am going to show you how you can set about it, not only when you are with the Pack but all day long, until it becomes a habit to notice everything.

Use Your Eyes

When I was the age of a Wolf Cub, I used to notice the number on the collar of every policeman that I met, and then remember where I had seen him. Then I used to get a friend to come for a walk to one of the points where the policeman was on duty (a policeman on “point” duty is one who remains always about the same spot for regulating the traffic and so on— not like the policeman on “beat,” who moves about over a certain district of his own).

^.When we were in sight of the policeman, but a good way off, I ' would shade my eyes and stare hard in his direction, and gradually spell out his number and the letter of his division* Then we would walk past him, and my companion would think that my marvellous eyesight had read them correctly!

Weathercocks and Statues

It is not a bad thing to get to know by sight all the weather- cocks in the town. I used to keep a little notebook, in which I drew pictures of the weathercocks that 1 saw. Very few people look up and notice these.

On the top of the Royal Elxchange in London there is a huge golden grasshopper as weathercock. I suppose thousands of people pass it every day, and yet very few ever notice it. They don’t keep their eyes about them like a good Scout or Wolf Cub does-

If a Manchester Boy Scout were asked where is there a statue of St George and the Dragon, he would probably at once tell you that on the lop of Queen Victoria’s statue in Piccadilly there is a ittle statue of him.

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

Houdini, the great conjurer, used to do many of his tricks by noticing, in one glance, a number of small articles and remember- ing them. He learnt this first while a boy, by looking in at a shop window for a few seconds, and then, turning his back on it, would tell his companions all the different things that were on view in the window. That is awfully good practice for Wolf Cubs. Try it.

You can also read the numbers of motor-cars as they pass you and notice the time at which you saw them. Then remember them, and later on write them down; it is good practice, and may some day be useful, because sometimes a motor-car is ‘‘wanted” by the police for knocking somebody down and then running away. If the number of the car is published by the police, you may be able to report that you saw the car at such and such a place at such and such a time.

Birds ’-nesting

You have to notice small signs, and to have very sharp eyes, if you want to observe the habits of birds and their nesting.

Of course. Scouts and Wolf Cubs want to find birds* nests — not with the idea of robbing them of their little eggs, but of watching how the birds make their nests, what sort of eggs the different kinds of birds have, and how they feed and bring up their young ones. You can do this hy stalking and watching.

It is only rotters who go and pull nests about and take the eggs. Scouts and Wolf Cubs do their best to protect the' nests.

Of course, you can find nests after a deal of prying about into bushes, but the more sporting way is to watch the birds and see where they go and return. In fact, with many of- the wilder birds it is the only w^ay to find out where their nest is. In some cases it is a pretty difficult job.

Take the plover, for instance, or even the more common bird, the skylark. You see him rise up from the ground and go singing up into the sky, butjf you go to where he rose you don’t find his nest there. He always runs along the ground after leaving his nest for some distance before he rises ; and when he comes down again he does not land at his nest, but some way from it. A skylark, like the willow-warbler, builds his nest on the ground.

The great titmouse builds in holes in trees, but also very often in most quaint places, such as in the neck of a pump or in a jar*

The nuthatch always makes his home in a hole in a tree.

STALKING

Stalking

The spring is the most interesting time of the year for studying Nature, both birds and flowers.

The; swallows and other birds are just beginning to arrive from far away across the seas to spend the summer in Great Britain. The ordinary fellow, who is not using his eyes and ears, will not find half the fun that a Wolf Cub does in a ramble along the-woodside or hedgerow.

Quick ears will discover the willow-warbler, or the chiff-chaff, the little, restless, brown fellow with his sharp piping note; and it will need good eyes to spot him and to follow him in his cheery, busy skipping from twig to twig.

It is good to discover the thrush’s nest, and the bright-eyed mother thrush sitting on her eggs. She can be made quite tame if you are nice to her and show that you mean her no harm.

It is a very interesting thing to keep a notebook “of all the birds you see and the date on W'hich you saw or heard them first You can then compare the dates again next year, or with some other fellow’s notes.

Note down on what day you first heard the cuckoo, or saw the first swallow of the year, or the first skylark or nuthatch.

If you can draw pictures of the birds and of their eggs, it makes the book all the more interesting.

Also, a list of the nests that you discover is a good thing to keep,

in Northern Trails W. J. Long writes of how the young wolves in Newfoundland learn to look after themselves in the wild. They learn to watch birds and animals day by day so as to learn their habits, just as a boy Wolf Cub aWo does.

But the Boy*s object is to know more about them, and to take a friendly interest in their doings, whereas the young v/olf does it because he then knows best how to hunt them and how to catch them for his dinner.

When the young wolves surrounded a flock of plover feeding along the ground and hitched nearer and nearer to them, sinking their grey bodies in the yielding grey moss till they looked like weatherworn logs, the hunting was full of tense excitement, though the juicy mouthfuls were few and far between.

But then there came the ducks to all the ponds and pools, and the young wolves iearnt to decoy the silly birds by rousing their curiosity.

They would hide in the grass near the water while one of them

THE WOLF CUB'S HANDBOOK:

went and played and rolled about on the open shore till the ducks^ saw him and began to stretch their necks and to gabble their amazement at the strange thing which they had never seen before.

Shy and wild as he naturally is, the duck must take a peck at every new thing.

Now silent, now gabbling all together, the flock of ducks swimming on the water would veer and scatter and draw together again and finally swim in towards the shore, every neck drawn straight as a string, the better to see what was going on.

Nezurer they came, nearer and nearer still, until suddenly a swift rush out of the grass sent them all headlong splashing and quacking with crazy clamour.

But one or two always stayed behind with the wolves to pay the price of their curiosity.

The Wolf has Whiskers for Feeling his Way

A real Scout does not only trust to his eyesight, because he has to work just as much by night as he does by day, and he can- not, of course, see so well in the dark, so he has to use other senses, such as hearing and smelling and feeling.

I once had to guide a large force of soldiers by night through a dark wood to attack the enemy. I had been there the day before, so 1 found my own footmarks, and followed them by feeling them as I went along.

Every Scout has to work in the dark, so I advise every Cub to learn to do it.

It is very good practice to get up in the dark every morning, have your bath or rub down, clean your teeth, do your exercises, put on your clothes, and even tie your tie and brush your hair without ever turning the light on. You soon get to do it quite easily.

Also you can practice finding your way blindfolded.

Then you find how useful it is to have other senses.

You can listen and hear sounds which wdll help you to know the direction. You may hear the church clock strike, or a whistle at the railway station, or the call of a curlew in the marsh— all such things may help you to know your direction when you cannot see it.

Or you may, by the smell, know that you are passing a stable, or the grocer's shop, or the farmyard* and guide yourself by that means.

THE SENSE OF SMELL

The Wolf has a Sharp Nose

There was an old Arab guide in Egypt, who was totally blind, yet he knew the way, even in the desert, by the smell of the sand. He would take up a handful now and then and smell it to see if he were on the right track. He knew the smell of each camping ground when he came to it.

On one occasion his companions thought they would play him a trick, so they brought along a bag of sand with them from their last camping ground, and when they arrived at the new one

we VMitu

Wolves oat on the prowl

they handed him some of this sand to smell, saying they had just picked it up.

The blind man smelt it, looked puzzled, and smelt it again,, and then said he was extremely sorry ; he had made some blunder and had brought them back to their old camp again.

He was quite miserable about it till they told him laughingly of the trick they had played him.

When we were at war with the Zulus many years ago, 1 was awakened one night in bivouac by a curious scent in the night air. It was the smell of a native.

I at once woke up my companions, but they could not smell it. But, then, most of them were smokers, and a man who smokes generally cannot smell so well as a man who does not. In fact, smoking not only spoils him for smelling, but it also plays havoc

76 THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

with his wind for running, and often ruins his eyesight and his digestion.

So you will find that most real Scouts do not smoke.

Well, I still felt that the enemy were somewhere near us, and so we all kept awake- Very soon we could hear them creeping up in the grass, hoping to surprise us, and to catch us asleep. Instead of t^at, they were themselves surprised by a volley from us, which sent them fiying.

So you see how valuable the sense of smell can be to you. Here is another case which happened in France.

A man carrying a package presented himself at the home of a rich banker. As the banker was away, his mother took the parcel. The stranger declared that what it contained was of great value, and he demanded a written receipt.

While the lady was leaning over the table to write it, the mem took a knife and stabbed her in the back. Her sister ran to her aid, and the man stabbed her also, then escaped.

The ladies, both of whom were only wounded, asserted that this same man had previously visited the bank under the name of Jamet.

Jamet was searched for everywhere by the police, but they -were not successful.

However, the head of the detective department took away the package which had been left by the man, and found in it nothing more than an old railroad guide. He also found one important thing— the book had a pecidiar smell, that of a tannery.

Inquiries were made by the police at the tanneries of Gentilly, just outside Paris, and they discovered that a man who occupied a high position in one of them had recently been to the home of a Parisian banker.

So he was brought before the women, and they recognised him immediately, and he confessed.

So you see how valuable it is to be able to notice small signs, and then to put them together and read their meaning.

A Wolf has Sharp Ears

In the South African War I was in camp close under a mountain, and far away up on the crags above us I heard a baboon give a cry of alarm.

There were hundreds of men in camp, but I do not suppose many of them heard the cry, or, it they did, they did not p^ty much attention to it.

A SNOW NEWSPAPER

But to a Scout it would mean a good deal.

Why should a monkey high up there in the clifis suddenly become alarmed and call a warning to his friends? I got out my glasses, and carefully scanned the mountain.

Presently I saw two or three men’s heads amongst the rocks. As they carefully kept their bodies hidden I guessed that they were Boer spies watching us. So I secretly sent out two parties of men to climb the back of the mountain, and to come at these fellows from behind and capture them.

This they did, and we found it was just as I expected; they were the enemy’s scouts spying our doings, and had alarmed the monkeys by their movements.

A Newspaper Made of Snow

How can a newspaper be made of snow? Well, when winter comes along he sends an army of little while fairies to^make a newspaper to tell you the news.

The snowflakes are the fairies as they come flying down in

fk Birds who live in

/ water only _waddle on

1 ^ iheir great flat /eef.

With their toes turned in, like old Mother A •• jT Flat Duck or Yellow Duckling.

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

hundreds and thousands and millions and billions, till they cover Ae ground and spread a white sheet all over the country.

This is their newspaper, and anyone who is sharp can re^ ite news. At Erst it looks all white and blank, that snow. But it

you look closer you see little specks and marks, which, if you can only read them, give you interesti^ news. ^

Let’s go for a walk in the snow and see what it has to tell us.

Hullo! What*s this? 1 1 j i i

Master Sparrow has [been out m the snow. How do I know?

i** Brother Rabbit out for a walk — note Ins tracks in the snow-

Well, because small birds who live in bushes generally hop,

both feet together. . , , , , , , h

If it had been Miss Chaffinch, her feet would have been smaller, and her tail would have just touched the snow every now and^ then, and would have made a slight brushing mark^ upon it. If it had been Mrs. Thrush, her feet would have been bigger and her hops larger.

A SNOW NEWSPAPER

Bigger birds, and those who live upon the ground, such as pheasants, hens, and peacocks, generally walk, one foot and then the other.

Then those who live in water only waddle on their great flat

Madam Cat out hunting.

feel, with their toes turned in like old Mother Flat Duck or Yellow Duckling, or like old gout-toed Alderman Goose,

What is this?

Master Sparrow has stopped here and fought with a lump of bread which he had stolen. Then he had gone hopping on with it jn his beak, because it was a biggish piece of bread— judging by

Old Towrowt rftc dag, abasing Madam Orf.

the mark of it in the snow— and yet none of it is left lying there and he could not have eaten it all, so he must have carried it om Yes, look! There is the bread lying on the ground farther on? over there, and the footprints hopping right up to it

But what is this that crosses Master Sparrow*s path? Why, it is Brother Rabbit out for a walk.

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

And just beyond, where the bread lies. Master Sparrow’s footprints suddenly end. He has flown away.

Perhaps he was frightened by Brother Rabbit coming along > No ; his footmark is on the top of that one left by Brother Rabbit, so he must have »come some time after Brother Rabbit had passed that way. And. besides, I expect that if the bread had been left there before Brother Rabbit came, he would have had a nibble at it Don’t you think so?

But what could have made Master Sparrow suddenly end his hopping and drop his bread and fly away?

t* Mr, GtUs ta eery angry with Towrow,

Oh! I see!

There are some other footprints. Who is this who walks so carefully that her hind feet tread almost exactly where her fore feet were, so that instead of leaving the prints of four different feet in the snow there seem to be only two?

It is Madam Cat! Out hunting, too, for her footsteps get closer and closer, as she stalks nearer and nearer to Master Sparrow, and her tail switching nervously just brushes the snow here and there.

But what IS the meaning of this sudden change ? She springs from her long hind legs, falls half round to her right, and then springs away, galloping off with long bounds to the left! Oh, it is because old Tojvrow the dog is after her. There you see his footprints, galloping, digging deeply into the snow, and kicking it up in his violent bounds as he tears after the cat.

And how angry old Mr. Giles, his master, is. You can see here where he stopped in his walk to yell at Towrow.

TRACK READING

Oh, yes; and see there > He threw his stick at Towrow. And poor Towrow crept humbly back to his master, bringing the stick in his mouth (for, you see, Mr. Giles* footaiarks do not go where the stick was, but the dog’s tracks go there and back to Mr. Giles, and the stick is no longer laying on the snow).

And so all ends well ; no harm has been done to anyone.

Mr. Giles has gone home with his slick digging in the snow, and Towrow running behind him; Madam Cat has scampered off with her tail in the air ; Master Sparrow is chirping on the chimney top ; and Brother Rabbit is safe and snug in his warm, dry burrow.

So that ends the news of the day.

“What becomes of the Fairies?” you ask.

Well, when they fall to the ground they die like other people ; they lie cold and white until the sun comes and calls them to wake. Then they melt away and disappear, but their spirits fly up to Heaven again, and then they crowd together in great white clouds, and sail across the sky. *

Poor Towrow creeps humbly bac^ to his master, bringing the stick in his mouth.

Then, when you want more news on earth they come flying down as snowflakes to the ground, and spread again their news- paper for you to read— if youkn ow how to read it

Track Reading

Zadig was a wonderful scout in Persia. One day one of the best horses belonging to the King ran away, and could not be found. Zadig was wandering about in the wo€>ds when some of the Royal servants came up and asked whether he had seen the runaway.

He replied:

“Do you mean a well-bred grey horse, about fifteen hands high, with a tail about feet long, wearing a bit with gold bosses on it, and shod with silver shoes, going lame in the off forel^?**

THE WOLP CUB'S HANDBOOK

- Yes; where is he?”

- I don’t know; I have not seen him.”

So they arrested him, thinking he had stolen the horse. But shortly afterwards the horse was found and brought home, so they questioned Zadig further, and he explained it thus :

“I saw on a path in the wood prints of a horse’s feet, showing the horse was trotting when he passed there, but the off fore- foot made shorter strides than the near fore, so I guessed he was lame. The hoof marks were small, so they were those of a well- bred, valuable horse. There was dust on the bushes on both sides of the path, but this was brushed off here and there by the tail of the horse as it swung from side to side. The path was 7 feet wide, so the tail must have been 31- feet long,

“At one point a tree bent down over the path, and one branch vyas just five feet above the ground. In passing under this the horse had touched it with his back, and had left two or three hairs sticking to it, so I saw that he must be a grey horse fifteen hands high. (A ‘hand’ is a measure of four inches.) ’

“He had, when trotting along, struck a stone with his foot^ and had so knocked off a little chip of silver from his shoe; and, similarly, he had stopped at one place to pluck a mouthful of grass close to a stone, and had rubbed off a few specks of gold on the stone alongside his mouth, which showed me that he must be wearing a gold-bossed bit.”

That is the way that a Scout reads his information, but it means that he keeps his eyes open and allows not the smallest sign to escape his notice. It will be a long time before you are clever enough to do that

Pets

It will help you to study and understand the ways of animals and birds if you can keep a pel, even if it is only a small one to start with such as mice or a guinea-pig. You must ask your mother about it first, of course. One of the Scout Laws is that “a Scout is a friend to animals,” so get ready for the time when you will be a Scout by being kind to any animals you meet. If you have a pet, there is a lot you can do for it, such as punctual feeding (you like your own food regularly, don’t you?), keeping it and its living-pface clean, and so on.

Games and Practices

Here are a number of games and practices for sharpening up your senses.

SENSE-TRAINING GAMES

In the PonA— Cubs form a circle round an Old Wolf just out- ride a chalk line. When the Old Wolf gives the order **In the Pond,** all jump in. On the order *^On the Bank,** all jump out. if the order **In the Pond** is given when all are inside the circle, none must move, and none must move if when you are on the bank the order “On the Bank** is given. Such orders as ^‘On the Pond’* or “In the Bank** must be ignored, as they are traps set to catch you. The Cub with the least mistakes wins.

— Cubs form a circle and the Old Wolf gives various orders, but no order must be obeyed unless it starts with the words “O* Grady says.** A Cub loses a life for each mistake he makes.

Touch /ron, — During any game the Old Wolf says “ToucK. iron,** “Touch wood,” “Touch something yellow,** etc., and at once all the Cubs run to do so. The last to touch loses a point

What is it (T*asic)?~ All Cubs taking part are blindfolded. Then each tastes a number of well-known flavours- TTie Cub- who recognises the most wins. Here are a number of things.^ with strong tastes : peppermint, liquorice, cheese, caraway, onion, etc.

What is it (Smell) P— A number of paper bags are put in a row two feet apart. Each has a different article in it which smells, as coffee, tobacco, onion, leather, rose leaves, orange peel, andf so on. The Cub has five seconds at each to sniff the smell. When he has tried them all he writes them down or tells them tOr the Old Wolf in their correct order.

What is it (ToncA)? — All Cubs takii^ part are blindfolded. A number of paper bags with objects inside, such as rice, lump sugar, lea, etc., are passed round the circle. The Cub who names the most tBinga correctly wins-

What is it (Hearing) ? — All Cubs taking part are blindfolded. An Old Wolf then makes a number of noises, such as pumping: up the tyre of a bicycle, shutting a door, scraping a chair on the floor, etc., and the Cub who guesses the most correctly wins.

S/n/fe’ng.— A Cub sits blindfolded in the middle of a circle. At a signal from an Old Wolf, a Cub from the circle tries to creep in noiselessly and touch the Cub in the centre. If he succeeds, be goes into the centre instead of the Cub already there. If the Cub in the centre hears him, and succeeds in poind^ at him before he is touched, he goes back to his place in the circle.

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

Draw a face, — Players in circle. The Old Wolf draws a face in the air:—

First the outline, clockwise; then right eye, then left eye; nose downward; mouth right to left, all with the left index finger. Each Cub tries to draw the face in exactly the same order and in the saune way.

Observation Tramps

Take the Pack for a walk through town or country and assign marks for certain objects noticed by the way.

As an instance:—

Horse going lame, 8 marks.

Magpie, 3 marks.

Flock of seven birds, 3 marks.

Pebble shaped like a bird’s egg, 3 marks.

Oak tree, 1 mark.

Red garment, 1 mark.

Weathercock, 1 mark and so on.

Each boy on seeing an object that counts will report to the Old Wolf in a whisper, and the marks due will be recorded against his name.

At the end of the walk these will be totted up and the winner will be declared.

NINTH BITE

NIAGARA ICE ACCIDENT-KNOTS— SWIMMING-SEAMEN-- JACK CORNWELL, V.C.-THE WOLF CUB’S LAIR

A Niagara Ice Accident

When I was in Canada some years ago, an awful scene was witnessed at the Niagara Falls. It was mid-winter. Three people, a man and his wife and a boy of seventeen, were walking across a bridge which the ice had formed over the running river, when it suddenly began to crack and partly to break up. The man and his wife found themselves on one floe of ice quietly floating away from the main pack, and the boy was on another.

All around them the water was covered with other floating blocks of ice, grinding and bumping against each other, so that swimming was impossible, and no boat could get to them had one been available. So there they were at the mercy of the current, which here wandered slowly about, but gradually, slowly and surely, carried them down stream towards those awful rapids a mile away.

People on the banks saw their dangerous position, and thou- sands collected, but not one seemed able to do anything to help them. The course of the river would bring them under two bridges, which spanned the river just before the rapids.

For an hour the poor wretches were floating along before they came to this, point. On the bridges men had got ropes (the bridges were 160 feet above the water), which they lowered, so as to hang in the way of the drifting people.

As they came along the boy managed to grasp a rope, and willing hands proceeded to haul him up; but when they had got him a certain distance, poor fellow, he could hold on no longer, and he fell down into the icy stream, and was never seen again.

The maft on the other floe also grasped a rope, which he tried to fasten round his fainting wife, so that she, at any rale, might be saved ; but the tide was now rushing them along, his hands,

THE WOLF CUB'S HANDBOOK

were numb, he failed to fasten the rope, it slipped from his hands, and a few seconds later both he and his wife ended their tortures by being sucked under the waters in the heavy, swirling rapids.

What a Scout would have done

It is easy to be wise after an event, but this disaster is worth thinking out What would you have done had you been there, seeing that it is the duty of a Cub to think of a plan and to carry it out on such an occasion^

One of our Canadian Scoutmasters told me that he was travel- ling in a train shortly after this accident, when some of his fellow travellers were talking it over. They did not know that he was •cminected with the Scouts in any way, and one of them said :

‘"Well, 1 believe that if any Boy Scouts had been there they would have found some plan for saving those poor people,”

So you see what people expect of Scouts now. The only thing is to Be Prepared to do what is expected of you.

THE USE OF KNOTS

It is easy lo be wise after die event, but it would be useful and interesting to think out what might have been done, so. that .if anything like it happened again, and you were there to see it, you would know what to do. I have drawn a sketch map to show the position.

The Use of Knots

One thing is to be noticed in this accident, and that is the value of being able to tie knots, as all Scouts can do. People often think; “What is the good of learning so simple a thing?” Well, here was a case in which that knowledge might have saved three lives.

When the ropes were lowered from the bridge they should have had a loop or two tied in them for the rescued people to put round them, or to put their legs or arms through. As it was, the ropes had no loops, and the people, not knowing how to tie bowlines or overhand loops, were unable to save themselves.

An Overhand ftnof, also for making a big loop, is a Itihbe/s knot, which is very easy lo tie, bat difficult to undo again.

Every Cub must be able to tie knots properly.

What duffers ordiiiary boys are at tying knots I They make a sort of tangle of string or rope, which probably they can never undo again,- but the moment it is put to a ^ain it somehow slips and undoes itself, just when you want it to hold! That would never do for a sailor or for a bridge builder.

Knots are quite easy to learn, and as soon as you know them you can teach other people how to make them.

For your First Star, you have to learn two of the most useful ones. Use rope or cord— not string— when learning them, and as soon as you think yourself a swell at fenot-tying, try doing it in the dark or when blindfolded! You will then probably find that you are not so good at it as you thought.

But remember you cannot always have it daylight when you

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

want to tie a ^ot. Your tent may blow down in the night or yo r horse break loose, or your sail may want reefing; there will be many occasions when you will have to tie ropes in the dark

It is difficult to

™ LSI*

Reef-knot is /or tying ap parcels and bandages.

Sheet bend is for joining two ropes and for attaching a rope to a loop.

Swimming

Swimming is not part of the test for ih*. P.Vf c* l • • a jolly useful thing ,o learn, and tl earlSr you siSTL be« ^ter on, you may try to pass the test for a Cub^Swimmer’s Bado^' When you come to try to be a First l

pass a swimming test, unless you are ill fo you’d** ® ^

practising as soon as you can. ’ ^ ° °

xhe Hoveller

Sf n ® “boveller” is ?

THE HOVELLER

ship on coming near the coast has to take a pilot to guide her among the rocks and sandbanks.

But the hoveller is a man who has taught himself all about the dangers of the coast, and he goes out in his small sailing boat in all weathers, but more especially in bad weather, in fogs and gales, when the real pilots cannot always find the ships which are needing their help.

A Hoeelleu

Then the hoveller comes along, and offers his services for small pay to ships that cannot afford a real pilot, and he guides them to port.

Also, he is always at hand directly a ship gets into danger on the sandbanks or on the rocks. He is like the buzzard, which appears from nowhere directly an animal is killed out on the plains. ^

The hoveller is ready to help to get the big reward for saving a cargo— he might almost be called a * ‘wrecker** if it were not that he also does his best first to save the lives of those in distress. And there have been very many cases of gallant rescues by bovellers.

The hoveller, therefore, has to be a brave and hardy seaman, to keep to sea in a small boat in the worst of storms, generally wet and cold, without proper food or sleep, knowing every inch of the sea, even in fog, when there is nothing to guide him.

THE WOLF CUB*S HANDBOOK

v^orking hard for his living, and yet ready to help those in dislress- at the risk of his life. He is a true Scout of the Sea.

The Deep-sea Fisherman

Another fine type of British Sea Scout is the deep-sea fisher- man. He spends his life sailing out to the fishing grounds far away in the wild < North Sea. It is a hard, cold life, with constant danger in a small though very seaworthy boat

But it is just this hard, rough life that makes our seamen sucb lough, reliable men. They are very different from the poor,. pale, cigarette-smoking “townies,** who never have to face danger or hardship beyond riding in a tram or tube.

It is these hovellers and deep-sea fishermen who, though doing their work unnoticed in peace time, came to be so jolly useful to our fleet during war, by sweeping the seas for mines all round our coasts. These mines were floating iron bombs spread about by the enemy to blow up our ships: but the mine-sweepers, doing their dangerous work skilfully and well, picked up hundreds^ of them and so saved our ships,

British Seamen

Then there are the sailors who man the thousands of trading steamers and ocean liners running from Britain to every corner of the world. We do not see much of them about our streets, but we hear of them in the papers now and then.

There are shipwrecks and fires at sea, collisions and founderings, but in almost every case of disaster we read the good news of acts of gallantry and obedience to orders in the face of danger on the part of our sailors.

Our Men-of-W airmen

Bluejackets of our Royal Navy we do see about the streets- occasionally; emd fine fellows they are, strong, cheery chaps, who can turn their hand to any job that may be required of them. -

Their pluck and discipline are well known, but don’t you think it must mean double-extra pluck in a man to go dovm. as they do and work in the bottom of those great steel battleships in a sea fight?

There they are, doing their duty down under the iron decks in the ammunition stores, or tending the turbine engines, or stoking the hirnaces, shut in like rats in a trap, while far above them their

“PLAYING THE GAME^’

brother bluejackets are getting al! the excitement of firing their guns, and seeing something of what is going on around thetn.

‘^LAYING THE GaME”

I remember Lord Beresford taking me over his ship one time, and as we crawled about in the low chambers near the bottom of the ship, where the watertight doors kept the men imprisoned and unable to escape in the event of the ship going down, he said :

“These are the plucky men, the ones who work down here doing their duty unseen, getting none of the fun and none of the glory; but without them the ship would never get along, and the battle could not be won.”

But these men are just what we would like every man in the country to be. Working away at his duty, helping in his own place, unseen, unnoticed, but doing it because it is his duty, and not because he expects to get fim out of it or glory.

I used to play football for my school, and for a long time I was goalkeeper.

Well, I felt I was very much like these naval enginemen and stokers; I should have liked to be playing up, continually getting the ball, and dashing along with it among the cheers of the onlookers, but instead I had to stand there alone, cold and' unnoticed, in goal.

Still, when the enemy did come and mcJce an attack, having got past our backs, then it was that the success or failure of the match depended on the fellow who had been doing his duty unseen; that was— the goalkeeper.

Do not forget that. Cubs. Do your duty, though it may not be ples^ant, or it may be unnoticed by other people. Still, your must stick to it, because that means “playing the game,^* nbt for your own glory or excitement, but that your side may win.

Jack Cornwell, V-C,

Many hundreck of your brother Scouts served on the ships o£ the Grand Fleet and the Battle-Cruiser Squadron during the war of 1914—1918. Admirals and officers of their ships wrote to ilje telling me of the good discipline and fine spirit shown by thim.

Some ci the officers told me they liked boys who had beea Scouts better than those who came to the Royal Navy from train- ing ships, because they could be trusted to do their work without

THE WOLF CUB'S HANDBOOK

having somebody always there to look after them and to see that they didn’t idle their time. Scouts can be relied on to do their duty no matter what it costs them.

It cost one of them his life. That was Jack Cornwell.

He was on duly with one of the guns on board H.M.S. Chester in the big sea battle off Jutland in June, 1916. The crew of his gun were all shot down except two. Many a man would then have run away or taken cover as he could not possibly work the gun by himself: but he stood there, though badly wounded, in case he should be wanted. He stuck it out in pain and suffering, with his comrades dead and dying round him. He afterwards died of his wounds, but he had done his duty nobly and had shown that a Scout could be trusted to “stick it out” even though he died for it

Even a Wolf Cub is not too young to be a hero. Here at any rate are two examples which happened to come next each other in the newspapers.

“The Wolf Cub Pack is going strong and has in its ranks the youngest boy in Great Britain to hold the Royal Life-savii^ Society’s certificate for proficiency in life-saving. The award is also held by many of the Scouts.”

“The Wolf Cubs attached to the 9th Glasgow Group have got a good example in the deed of one of their members, Walter Pitkeathly, who lost his life saving his younger brother.

“On April 29th, Pitkeathly, who was ten years old, and his brother were playing near a water-filled quarry, when the younger boy fell into the water, Walter without hesitation jumped in to the rescue, and although he succeeded in bringing his brother to the bank, he himself fell back into the water exhausted and was drowned.”

The Wolf Cub’s Lair

I once crawled into a wolf’s den to see what sort of place he lived in. It was a low cave under an overhanging rock in the side of a dry earth bank. The hole was partly natural and partly dug out by the wolves.

Once inside, the wolf was safely sheltered from bad weather, and from view, and from attack by any big animal, since the entrance was so low that he could only just crawl into it himself*

It was not unlike the wolfs cave described in The Jungle Book* where Shere Khan came and tried to get hold of Mowgli, whom the wolves had rescued from him.

The wolves and Mowgli were safely inside the cave, but the

MAKING A LAIR

entrance was too low for Mr. Tiger to get in, so he could only glare at them angrily from outside.

In the wolfs cave which I examined there was a stone which stuck out in the back wall of the lair, and I found behind this stone a second small cave which had been dug out, evidently by the young wolves, and they had thus made for themselves a little home of their own.

Well, that is an example to you Cubs. You should be able to make for yourselves dry, comfortable homes when out in the woods or plains. It is much better fun to make your own shelter than to buy ready-made ones.

You can begin by making one in your own garden.

How TO Make a Lair

The kind of shelter you make depends on the kind of material you have with which to make it

A very simple one can be made out of old sacks, which you stitch together with string till you have quite a big sheet of sacking. Then if you tie one end firmly to a fence or hedge and the other end on two poles or slicks, you will have a splendid den

to go to when the sun is very h<A, and you can play all sorts of games in it You can decorate it too, with painted pictures of wolves and other jungle animals drawn on the sacking. It will not be of any use for you to spend the night in because it will not keep the rain out but when you grow up into a Scout you will be able to do lots of sleeping out and that is great fun,

I have spoken of a real wolfs lair being a very comfortable sort of cave; so it is— for a wolf, but not for a man.

Caves are generally damp and dark and earthy, and theretorc

THE WOLF CUB*S HANDBOOK

not healthy. Tenderfoots often dig out caves for themselves to camp in, but no real Scout ever does ; he knows that living in such a place soon makes you ill.

Also one Boy Scout, at least, has been killed by such a cave falling in on him while he was digging it.

Lairs Indoors

I expect many of you have got a corner of the Pack Den, or a bit of wall, which belongs specially to your own Six. If you have, it*s up to you to make it look as cubby and bright as possible. If you have a corner, perhaps you will be allowed to screen it off with lengths of sacking, painted with trees and jungle emimals. Put your thinking caps mn an4. see how you can use best the space that has been given to you. You can get sets of pictures of the jungle animals, and special cards to paint your Six colours on, and you can cut interesting bits out of the illustrated papers. In fact, there are lots of things you can do to make your Pack Den look a real Den, even though you may have to take the things down after your meeting and stow them away. Get your Sixer to talk to Akela about what can be done.

TENTH BITE

HOW TO GROW BIG AND STRONG— THE BLOOD— WHOLE- SOME FOOD— DAILY CLEANSING— FRESH AIR— EXERCISE —SKIPPING, W^\LKING, LEAP-FROG. AND HEAD-OVER- HEELS— NOSE BREATHING— NAILS AND THEIR CARE- TEETH AND THEIR CARE— FEET— TELLING THE TIME— ‘•GOD SAVE THE KING”— CLEANING BOOTS— FOLDING CLOTHES— TIDINESS— SERVICE.

Bantams

In our Army we had a battalion of very small men— who were not big enough for the ordinary regiments. They were called the “Bantams.” At first people were inclined to laugh at them for being so small, but they very soon showed that at fighting they were as good as anybody else. A small man can have a big heart and plenty of pluck inside him.

7 *

A Ghoorka*

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

Our Ghoorkas— the little warriors in our Indian Army— have shown this. They are splendid fellows and dress very much like Boy Scouts, so that when you meet one you might at first think he was a Scout who had got “overdone'^ with sunburn.

Then there are the Japanese. They are very small, but very brave and strong. Like the Ghoorkas they make splendid soldiers.

So even though a Wolf Cub is small, he too can be just as brave and as strong as a bigger boy if he likes to make himself so.

The Japs make themselves strong by being every careful as to what they eat, and they keep themselves very clean with lots of washing, and they go through exercises for their body every day which make them tremendously strong. And they keep them- selves smiling and good-tempered, which also helps to keep them healthy.

How TO Grow Big

So a Cub can do the same if he likes. And I am sure that every Cub would like to make himself strong and healthy. But he can ako do more than the Jap or the Ghoorka can do, for he can help himself not only to become strong but to grow big if he tries.

i will tell you some of the things which you can do to make yourself big and strong and healthy.

Good Blood awd Plenty of it

The main thing is to keep the blood inside you strong and plentiful. The blood to your body is what steam is to the engine; it makes it go well or badly according to the strength of the steam. But also your blood is food to the body, like water to a plant, it makes it grow: if it doesn’t get enough it remains small and weak and often withers and dies.

How cam I get good blood and plenty of it when it is all made for me inside me?

Wholesome Food

Well, it is made from the food you take in through your moifth, and to get plenty of it you must take in food that is good for making blood, not acid drops or sweeties, they are no good though they may taste nice, but good healthy meat and vegetables and bread.

That is the way to get plenty of blood, but you must have it

HOW TO BE HEALTHY

also good and healthy, and this again you can arrange for yourself, nobody can do it for you.

Daily Clear Out

When you have taken in your food and have chewed it well and have swallowed it, it goes down into your stomach, and there the good parts of it go off into the blood, and the useless part of it passes out of you at the other end. If you let this useless part of it stay inside you too long— that is, for more than a day— it begins to poison your blood and so to undo the good of taking in good food.

So you should be very careful to get rid of the poisonous part of your food at least once a day regularly. That is the secret of keeping healthy and well.

Fresh Air and Deep Breathing

Then you can strengthen your blood by putting fresh air into it The blood wants air, and it keeps passing through your lungs, in the middle of your body, trying to get some of the air which you breathe in through your nose. So help the blood as much as you can by taking in deep breaths of good fresh air. Don’t give it stuffy old air that has been shut up in a smelly room, but plenty of real cold fresh air out of doors.

For this you should breathe out all the breath that is in you and then suck in, through your nose, as much air as you can hold in your chest till it and your ribs swell out to their full extent. Do this every now and then in- the day — when you are in the fresh air— and it alone will help you to grow and to be strong.

Body Exercise

But also, besides the good food ^d fresh air, there is another very important thing you can do for your blood, and that is to give it exercise.

As I have told you, the blood is like water to a plant and feeds the body or the part of the body to which it runs. It will always try to reach every part of you — ^bul if you help it to do so that part will grow all the faster. That is why runners and football players get such strong legs; because by continually exercising them they get the blood to run more fully in their legs, and thus these grow in size and strength.

In India you will sometimes see a native holding his arm up over his head. He does this as punishment to himself for something

THE WOLF CUB-S HANDBOOK

that he has done wrong before God ; and he vows that he will hold up his arm for the rest of his life and will never use it And so from want of exercise the blood does not run properly— the plant is not watered— and gradually the arm becom^ thinner and thinner^ more and more withered until it is nothing more than skin covering the bones, quite useless.

Therefore, if you want to grow in size and strength, exercise every part of your body. You can do this by

Skipping

That is by skipping backwards. The boy who turns the rope forwards, his toes inwards, and hunches up his shoulders, won*t do much good to himself and may do harm.

Fetch your rope— it doesn’t need to be a beautiful expensive one with wooden ends, but it should not be too thin and light—* and have a try. If you have never learnt to skip at all, get two friends to turn the rope for you at fost and use all your brain in learning to jump properly and at the right time. Stand straight upright, shoulders down, your toes just touching the rope. Are you ready? Right! There it goes over your head. Now jump, heels toother, toes mfl:, and as you land lei your knees bend slightly outward. Do a little }ump in between each big one— when the rope is over your head— this will help to keep you steady and in time.

Now try Uirning the rope yourself. Start with it in front of you and keep your back straight ail the time. Don’t land like an elephant on your heels— practise being as nimble as a mountain goat (if you can) and make no thump at all by jumping on your toes. You will have to skip thirty times, backwards and alone, for your First Star, so I should take care to practise at home.

Some boys may think that skipping is girlish, but Cubs are more sensible than that They know that footballers and boxers use this sort of exercise to help to make them fit

Deap-frog and Turning Somersaults

{ have seen many boys playing leap-frog. Some of them do it s|deh(£<By, but some of them are more like sacks of coke tumbling over a coal-heaver’s back than anyone leaping! When you first leam, try going over someone about your own size, or a little smaller. Get him to stamd sideways to you, to bend down and tuck his head well in (if he stands with his feet a bit apart and

HEAD-OVER-HEELS

grasps his leg with both hands he will be least likely to topple over). Now lake a run up to him, put both your hands on his back and leap over— legs well apart. Try and go over absolutely squarely and put as little weight on him as you can.

- This is the end of a *head^otier wheels/ not this,**

Turning a somersault is rolling heels-over-head on the ground. The important things to remember are that you should keep your shoulders rounded and your chin tucked in. Don*t be content with just managing to roll over. See if, after turning, you can get up without having to use your hands to help.

Walking

Some fellows walk, others slouch! Which do you do? You can tell walkers from slouchers as soon as you see them together. The walker is straight, there’s a spring to his step and an intelligent look in his eyes. The sloucher has round shoulders and looks dull, for, as he goes along, he never sees very much more than the ground.

Try walking with a weight upon your head. Get a weight of about a pound— not an3^hing too stiff or too solid— and see how far you can walk with it flat on your head. If you slouch at will soon be on the floor, but you wsJk with your shoulders straight and your chin slightly up— well, there’s no knowing how soon you’ll be able to rival a muffin man! If you find it very difficult, because you’ve got a funny shaped head, try it with your Cub cap on!

Perhaps you have seen pictures of water-carriers in the East. Imitate them — no, not with the aid of Mother’s best bedroom jug.

100

THE WOUF CUB'S HANDBOOK

that wtHiId be a Boggart^s trick, but with something that will not hurt if it falls <m the ground.

Water-carrier.

Hopping and Throwing a Ball

Hopping is a matter of practice. Try to hop like a bird and not like an elephant. Here again you must hop on your toes and not on your flat foot. This exercise teaches you how to bdance, and you should try hopping a figure-of-eight course on the ri^ leg when bending to the right, and on the left leg when bending to the left. To pass the test you will have to hop 25 yards round a figure-of-eight course. Gel Akela to show you how far that will be.

BALL-THROWING

101

Throwing and catching a ball is a matter of practice and good eyes. Practise hard with your left hand at throwing, yon wilt probably find it quite easy with your right The reason that the test asks you to throw with both bands is so that both hands can get exercise, and you don't grow up sort of one-sided, as you might if you only used the right hand. When you try to catch a ball, make a cup of your hands, and when the ball strikes them draw them back a bit and grip hold of the ball at the same time. If you hold them out flat, the ball will bounce out again; if you hold them wide apart the ball will slip through. Watch the ball from the time it leaves the other fellow’s hand and move to where you think it is going to land. Do not stand still all the time and expect him to do all the hard work for you. The test for

the First Star is to throw the ball first with the right and then with die left to a boy ten yar<b away, so diat he catches it four times out of six. Also in ycm turn to catch a ball thrown to you from ten yards away four times out six, with either or bodi han<b.

AH these will help you to ^ow into fine, strong men, but ym must not forget the other three things that help too— namely, to eat enough good wholesome food (but without over-eating, as that will help to poison the blood); also to have ymir daily “clear” regularly, to clean out the poisonous stuff from inside you: to breathe plenty of fresh air by deep breathing and by having your window open so that the fresh air can come into the room where you live or sleep.

These things you must practise for yourself; they cannot be done for you by other people, so it rests with you either to make yourself big and strong and healthy or to let yourself be a poor feeble little creature.

102 THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

Now can you remember the four things which you have to do ? What are they ?

Wholesome food.

Daily clear.

Fresh air.

Body exercise.

Breathing through the Nose

You will notice that I have said, in talking about breathing, that you should draw the breath in through the nose.

Why not through the mouth?

It is for this reason. Your throat at the back of the mouth is very delicate, and apt to catch cold and to get sore, and if you breathe through the mouth the cold air strikes it at once and may give it a chill ; but if you draw in your breath t hrough your nose it gets warmed in passing up it, and goes into the throat as it were through a back door but nicely warmed.

But there is also another reason why you should breathe through your nose.

There are tittle beasts floating about in the air called germs. They are so tiny that you canndt possibly see them with the naked eye, but with a very strong ma^ifying glass it is possible to look at them.

They are squirmy-looking little beggars, and very dangerous, because if they get inside you they may give you an illness of one kind or another.

If you breathe with your mouth open you are very likely to get some of these down your throat and into your stomach, where they are likely to do a lot of harm. But if you breathe through your nose they will get caught up in the sticky juice mside your nostril and you get rid of them again when you blow your nose.

Also when you are doing hard work you will, if you keep your mouth open, soon get dry and thirsty, but this is not the case when you breathe through your nose.

Your mouth was given to you to eat with, your nose to breathe with; so why not use them for what they were intended?

The Red Indians in Western America teach their babies to breame thrmigh the nose. Jay tying up their mouths by day and night Bcrt^ their reasdn is in order to prevent them from snoring, which happe^ with a fellow who sleeps with his mouth open. And snoring in a country where you are surrounded by enemies

NAILS AND TEETH

103

would be very dangerous for you, as they could easily find out when and where you were lying asleep and slick a knife into your ribs.

Nails

In the Japanese army, where, as I told you, soldiers keep them- selves very clean, they have the order that before eating a meal they must always wash their hands, and they must at no time allow their nails to be dirty. It is believed that this rule has prevented a great deal of illness among the soldiers.

The reason for it is that these poisonous little germs, which float about in the air, live on dirt eind are very liable to get on to your hands and to hide under your finger-nails, therefore you should always be careful to keep these clean, especially before handling your food. Nails, both on fingers and toes, should be kept properly trimmed with scissors..

People very often suffer lameness and ^eat pain from the nail of their big toe growing down into the toe at one side. This is often caused by leaving the nail to grow too long until, by the pressure of the boot, it is driven to grow sideways into the toe. So you should be careful to cut your toe-nails frequently, every week or ten days, and they should be cut square across the top, not rounded, and with sharp scissors.

Finger-nails should also be cut about once a week to keep them in good order. They can be rounded to the shape of the finger to prevent the corners catching and getting torn.

Biting the nails is very bad for them.

Teeth

A man came up to an officer to be recruited for the Army, and the officer examined him as to his strength and height and eye- sight, and then looked at his teeth— after which he said ; * i ou are a fine big man, but I cannot take you into the Army, because your teeth are bad.^*

And the man went away re^er astonished, and t<jd his friends that they wanted soldiers nowadays n<^ only to kill the enemy but also to eat him. The truth was that a man is no use as a soldier unless he can, if necessary, bite hard biscuit and tough meat.

Unless a fellow can chew his food well the good does n<^ come out of it in his stomach to go to make blood, which, ^ I have told you, is so necessary for heakL

104 THE WOLF CUB'S HANDBOOK

So, whatever you do, try to keep your teeth sound and

There is -no part of you that poisonous germs attack more readily than your teeth. They get in between them and burrow inside them, and bring about that awful pain known as toothache, and the teeth decay and have to be pulled out ; and consequently your food after that does not gel properly chewed.

But you can prevent this for yourself if you take the trouble to clean your teeth properly, and to brush and wash away these germs out of your mouth.

The first thing is to have a toothbrush. This you can buy for a few pence at any chemist.

The thing is not to forget to use it every morning and every evening, when you get up and before going to bed, and also if possible after your midday meal.

Attack those germs with a brush and get them out from their hiding-places between and behind the teeth, and swill them out with mouthfuls of water, so that they don’t get a chance of burrowing and destroying your grinders.

There are no chemist shops in the wilds of Africa, and yet the natives there have splendid teeth, and they keep them clean by continually brushing them after every meal with little brushes made out of bits of slick. They take a short slick and hammer the end of it until it is all frayed out like a paintbrush.

Feet

Your feet have a worse time than the rest of your body, because they are shut up in boots and stockings ail day. The result is that they need to be washed very frequently,

Y ou can’t walk far if your feet give out. Feet often get blistered because you let them get damp from perspiration, and leave the damp stockings on them, so that the skin gets all soft, and there- fore rubs very easily into blisters or raw places.

You can prevent this by often taking off your boots and giving your ^ feet and stockings a good drying, so that the skin does not remain soppy.

Soaping or greasing the feet before putting on your stockings k not a bad thing for preventing rubs-

iSfisfers.— If you get a blister on your foot, you should take a little care about it, and you can get rid of it easily; but if you are not careful, the skin rubs off, and may make a nasty sore.

105

BLISTERS AND BOOTS

This is the way to treat it. Take a needle, hold it for a few seconds in the flame of a fire or match, in order to kill any germs that might be on it. Then run it into the blister^ sideways, close down to die flesh. You will not feel any prick from it. Then press the water out of the blister through the tiny hole made by the needle.

Boots , — Blisters often come from boots being too large and sliding about on the foot. There are two ways of remedying this.

ff yoa hind yoar boots more tightly to your feet with a strap like this, you will not be so likely to get blisters.

One is to wear thicker stockings, or an extra pair.

The other is to bind the shoe more tightly to the foot by passing a strap under the sole, crossing it over the instep, and taking it round the ankle and buckling it, as shown above.

But doRt get tight boots, as you will never be able to walk far in them, since your feet generally spread or swell with much walking, and you will be wise to leave room for this.

Knowing these small things, and carrying them out for yourself, just makes all the difference as to whether you really enjoy a long walk or not.

Game— Toothbrush and Germ

Cubs in circle, hands joined, arms fully extended. One Cub in centre is a toothbrush, a Cub outside the circle is a germ. The object of the game is for the toothbrush to catch the germ. All the Cubs may try to prevent the germ from entering or leaving the circle by lowering their aims or closing up, but the tooth- brush may enter and leave freely.

106

THE WOLF CUB'S HANDBOOK

Telling the Time

Long ago, when nearly all a man’s time was taken up m catch- ing, killing, and eating his dinner, and in resting alter all that had happened, no one needed to know the exact hour of the day or night Now people have so many things to do that they need to know the time to the “very second/*

If you have learnt your weights and measures at school you will know that 60 seconds make a minute, 60 minutes make an hour, 24 hours one day and night.

Here is a clock face. You will notice that there are two hands (a big one and a little one), twelve figures, and sixty little lines on it.

The little hand moves slowly round the clock face and when it is pointing at or near a figure, that figure is the hour of the day or night. (If you take another look at the picture you will see that the little hand is pointing near 12.)

The big hand moves far quicker, for it tells the minutes and has to pass all those sixty little lines— from twelve to twelve— while the little hand is going between two figures. -

The twelve figures really only mark the hours, but, because it would be such a nuisance to have to count those little lines every lime we wanted to know how many minutes it was to, or after, a certain hour, clockmakeis have arranged them so that every one of them marks five minutes— the figure 2 is twice five minutes after the hour, that is ten minutes past; the figure 8 is four times five minutes before the next hour, that is twenty minutes to. The ,3 is a quarter of sixty minutes (three times five) past ; the 6 hsil past and the 9 a quarter to the hour.

Gan you tell me what the time would be the little hand was between 3 and 4 and the big hand at 5 ? Why, twenty-five past three, of course.

- GOD SAVE THE KING*

107

Now make yourself a model dock with hands that move. You’ll soon be an expert, and when a poor old lady who can’t see very well asks you what the time is you’ll be able to tell her and not have to say, “I don’t know/*

'God Save the King”

You will always waml to join in when “God Save the King” is sung, and therefore you should know the words of the National Anthem.

“God save our gracious King,

Long live our noble King,

God save the King!

Send him victorious.

Happy and glorious.

Long to reign over us,

God save the King I

Thy choicest gifts in store On him be pleased to pour,

Long may he reign!

May he defend our laws.

And ever give us cause To sing with heart and voice God save the King!*’

The King is the Head, or Akela, of the whole British Empire^ and so you learn these verses as part of your Promise to do your best to do your Duty to the King. Stand at the Alert whenever you say them or sing them, and think what the words mean as you do so.

Cleaning Boots or Shoes

Like making my own bed, or folding my own clothes, I like cleaning my own boots.

There is a great satisfaction about getting a good polish on to your boc^s through your own work. It is almost as pleasant as polishing up bra^work with a tin of “Brasso” and a soft rag-

The thing for boot-cleaning is to have

I . An old knife to scrape off the mud.

. 2. A hard brush to brush away the dirt

3. A blacking-brush to rub the blacking in,

4. A tin of blacking,

5. A soft brush to put the shine cm.

6. A soft rag to put the polish on.

f08

THE WOLF CUB'S HANDBOOK

If you are using boots for rough country wear, or for camp, the best way to clean them is not to polish them, but to rub grease all over them, and especially into the seams, with an old tooth- brush. Any grease will do— oil, vaseline, tallow, or mutton fat If you want to keep dry-footed, don’t forget to grease the soles as well as the uppers.

Folding Clothes

The motto of the Scout is *"Be Prepared,” which means “Be Prepared” to do your duty at any time of day or night.

Soldiers and sailors, firemen and policemen, and other such men as have to be ready to turn out any time of the night always make a practice of putting their clothes neatly in place so that they can find them at once, even in the dark, and get into them quickly.

So Scouts and Wolf Cubs should do the same, and be careful to fold them and stack them in the order in which they want to put them on.

You should practise a few times jumping out of bed and slip- ping into your clothes in the dark, and you will soon see how much more quickly you can do it if you have them all laid ready instead of having to hunt about for them in confusion.

It may some day be the means of saving life.

Then sailors and soldiers have to keep their clothes in a very small space. A soldier, as you know, carries a change of clothing and all sorts of other things, like brushes, razors, soap, etc., in his kit-bag on his back. In order to get their things into such a small space they have to fold every article very neatly and very tightly, otherwise it will not fit in.

So if you are going into camp, you will have to be able to fold and pack your things in the same way into a small space.

You cannot do this well unless you are in the habit of always folding your things neatly, so you should do this with your clothes in your own home.

And it is good for the clothes. They keep in much better ccmdidon, and they look much better on you when they have beetat carefully kept in this way.

Also, if you shmild be away from home, and you want one or <^er of your things sent to you, you can tell other people exactly where to find them when you have everything in good order in your own room.

TIDINESS

109

Tidikess

One of the First Star tests is that you must satisfy Akeia that you are doing your best to keep the Pack Den tidy and to leave no litter an5?where. 1 think that*s important, don’t you? Most people seem not to mind where they throw their litter— cigarette ends, bus tickets, orange peel^ and bits of paper are left strewn around.

When Scouts and Cubs grow up we shall hope that there will no longer be people who throw these things away. They will take the trouble to put them into the proper bins for the purpose or take them home.

It makes the streets not only look untidy, but also makes them dangerous, owing to people slipping on banana and or 2 uige skins, and thereby very often breaking their limbs.

And dangerous also because the rotting fruit helps germs to grow, which then can get into the air and poison people. I heard the other day of a Cub who could not think of a good turn to do, but he saw a banana skin lying in a bin where it was safely out of the way, and he put it back on the pavement so that if another Cub came along he would have his chance of doing a good turn by removing it!

Cubs who live in the country don’t get such a chance of mopping up paper in the streets; but they can do an equally useful work in the lanes near their homes by uprooting the thistles and other weeds that grow along the sides of the roads. It not only makes the lanes look neater, but it will also be a blessing to the farmers, because many of these weeds, especially thistles and groundsel, seed in such a way that their seeds are blown by the wind into the neighbouring fields and gardens, and there start a lot of fresh weeds growing.

Therefore a Cub who destroys one plant prevents thousands of others springing up in the nei^bourhood.

It is therefore a very satisfactory business to walk out with a spud, or even with a stick, and to cut down a few hundreds of diese enemies every day.

On the gates of a park in Scotland these words have been put up

8 '

THE WOLF CUB-S HANDBOOK

Please remember

Banana skins and luncheon scraps.

Orange peel and choc’ late wraps.

Broken bottles, torn rags,

Kodak cases, paper bags.

Cigarettes and matches spent,

Cardboard plates and papers rent,

Tins and suchlike odds and ends.

Spoil this place for other friends.

Dirt and papers in pretty places Slam park gates in people’s faces.

So Cubs must be very careful not to be “litter- louts.” Don’t scatter your toffee papers about the streets or on your camp site* Keep them in your pocket until you can put them in a rubbish bin or in the fire. Be proud of your Pack Den, and see that each one of you does his bit to keep it neat and tidy, so that when a visitor comes to see you he may see how good a Pack you are by the tidiness of your Den.

Service

I expect you have some Rover Scouts in your Group (perhaps some them help to keep you Cubs in order 1). Well, their Motto is “Service,” and they have to search out all sorts of ways of doing good turns and real hard work for others. But Rovers aren’t the only people who have to serve. Cubs have to do their best in this way too.

That is why you have to have at least 3 months’ satisfactory service in the Pack before you can get your First Star. (Most of you will take a good deal longer than 3 months, for Akela will want you to learn everything very thoroughly before he will let you pass.) You will be expected to turn up punctually at each Pack meeting, and to try your hardest when you get there. But just turning up to Pack meetings regularly is not enough. You must have obeyed orders, you must have done your best to help the other Cobs of the Pack, you must have joined in games and work with all your might But, above all, you must have shown thaA yc«i are really trying to do your best to live up to your Cub Law and to keep the Promise, not only when you are with the Pack, but dX all times— at home, at school, in the street

Wh^ y<m have done all that, you will have deserved to win your First Stsa, and will be rightly proud to wear it when Akela

THE ARROWS GAME

111

Game: The Arrows Game

(So called because the questions represent the arrows with which the Cub gets wounded.)

The Cubs sit round in a ring, while the Cubmaster sits in the middle. The Cubmaster then asks questions round on the knots, flag te^, etc. If a boy fails to answer the first question put to him, he folds one arm, as if it was in a sling. If he fails to ^wer the second, he folds the other. When he fails the third time he kneels, and at the fourth he lies down and is “dead.**

ELEVENTH BITE

THE SECOND STAR— SIGNALLING

Now you have got one eye open, and are ready to start getting some sight into the other one. You are bigger and stronger and perhaps a bit wiser by this time, and the things which you will have to do will be rather more difficult That makes it all the more satisfactory, when we learn them and pass the tests, doesn*t it?

The Second Star

Before being awarded his Second Star a Cub must satisfy his Cubmaster that he can repass his Tenderpad and First Star tests and pass the following tests:—

( 1 ) Know the alphabet in Morse or Semaphore, and be able to send and read simple words slowly. (If Semaphore is chosen, small flags may be used if desired; if Morse is chosen, flags should not be used.)

(2) Use a compass to show a knowledge of the eight principal points.

(3) Be able to tie the following knots and know their uses: clove hitch and bowline.

(4) Understand the meaning of thrift in all things and be carrying it out in practice.

(5) Produce a satisfactory model or article made entirely by himself in wood, metal, ceirdboard, clay, plasticine, or similar substance; or an article knitted or netted, woven or carved ; or a set of at least eight sketches drawn by himself in colours (chalk or paint) of National flags, or animals, or flowers, with their names clearly written.

(6) Lay and light a fire indoors. Run or cycle with a verbal message of not less than fifteen words, go by a certain route, and deliver it correctly. B| able to use the telephone ; or where telephones are non-existent, know where and how to ^k for assistance in an emergency (Ambulance, Fire, Police) *

SIGNALUNG

113

(7) Perform the toe-touching and knee-bending exercises (see pages 145 to 147). Walk a plank 12 feet by 6 inches, the height of an ordinary table above the ground.

(8) Show how to clean and tie up a cut finger, cover a scald or burn. Understand the danger of dirt in a scratch. Know the simple treatment for shock (not electric).. Understand the necessity of summoning adult help.

(9) Have at least 9 months’ satisfactory service as a Wolf Cub,

Signalling

Now we come to a big subject— we are going to learn signalling and it is what Wolf Cubs all over the kingdom are showing them- selves so good at. Scouts seem to learn signalling twice as fast as soldiers. Girl Guides learn it faster than Scouts, Wolf Cubs learn it faster than Guides or Scouts or soldiers.

The great thing to remember is not only to know how to signal each letter, but to signal it very clearly and correctly, so that the other fellows to whom you are sending can read it. So you have to be particular about how to stand and to hold your arms exactly in the right position.

You will find notes on signalling in Semaphore and Morse below, but you will not be expected to learn them both. You had better ask Akela which you shall do, because it is better for the Pack to stick to one or other altogether.

Semaphore

Before beginning to learn to signed in Semaphore you should think carefully what signalling means. It means that you are sending a message to someone who is out of reach of your voice. It is very difficult to ^ve a really clear message, with details^ to someone without being able to speak to them. So your job is to do it with your arms or with flags, in the very clearest way you can, making it as easy as possible for the other person to understand you. So, from the be^nning. Do Your Best to signal well ; don’t think you can 'send a letter any old way, just because you are only practising.

When you are signalling it is great fun to learn the names that ri^allers give to letters. For instance, A is always called “Ack”; that prevents it ever being mistaken for J or even L Again, if someone calls out the letter B to you, it might easily be mistaken for D, T, P, or V, so signallers always call it ‘*Beer.*’ M and N are very easily mistaken, so M is called ‘‘Monkey,” and then there

114

THE WOLF CUB'S HANDBOOK

can be no mistake. It is only a few letters that have special names ; all the others are just called out in the ordinary way.

Here is a list of those which have special names:—

A is

called Ack

J is

called Johnny

B ..

,, Beer

M„

„ Monkey

„ Charlie

P „

» Pip

D ..

„ Don

„ Queen

E „

„ Edward

s „

„ Sugar

„ Harry

„ Tock

>» Ink

V ..

» Vick

They are quite easy to learn and it is rather fun because people who do not know signalling cannot understand what you are

talking about. If, for example, you were spelling CAT you would say “Charlie, Ack, Tock,*' and DOG you would spell “Don, O, G.“

Before you begin to bother about what letter or word you are sending, learn to hold yourself and your arms correctly.

SEMAPHORE

115

!. Stand firmly, your feet a little apart, and facing the receiver squarely.

2. if using Sags grasp the sticks firmly, right down by the flags, with your first finger pointing along the flag, and the stick running up your arm.

3. Always keep your arms quite stiff; don't let them be bent, or the sticks wobbly.

4. Know the seven different positions at which the flags can be used singly and be able to make the movements quite correctly and briskly.

5. In practising the movements always go round like the clock —that is, beginning with your right hand.

Now you know the to ^gnal, so it is lime for you to learn the alphabet in Semaphore. This will mean really doing your best and giving all your mind. Look at the next page.

The first circle “A to G— you make all with your right hand as far as D (which is straight up over your head), and the rest with your left. Get to know these seven letters perfectly well in and out or any w^ay before you learn to make any others. You can even make easy words with them, like BAG, FAG, FED, CAGE, DEAF. Make these and get other Cubs to read them, and ask them to make some for you to read, so that you will get used to seeing them the other way round. When you sure quite sure of these letters carry on.

The"^econd circle— H to N— you will find takes both arms — the right one as if you were making A, the left one brought across your chest. You then go on moving the left arm round, while you keep the right arm quite siilL Ycu will thus be making H, I, K, L, M, N. (You notice J is left out in this circle — it cmnes later.) Practise these just as you did A — G, and then go on to the next.

The third circle— O to S— here your right arm sticks at the B position, while the left goes round. You go on, like this, always moving your right arm slowly (like the little hand a clock) and the left one fast (like the big band). It is very simple until you get to U in the fourth circle. After U difficulties begin. Here you've got to thnk» ^nd not go along blindly, following like a sheep! After U, instead of V, as you would expect, comes Y (heaven knows wkyi)» then **Erase or annul’* (which means “cross off because it's wrong”). Then move np the right hand above your head and the next one in its place— now you start

J 16 THE WOUF CUB’S HANDBCX>K

miciE

END OP rclQCUE

END OF E>«>ciacu

^fclRCLE

•f

1 —

END OF y^mcii

^tlRCLE

CNOOF

4’;^CLE

ERASE

^fcjRClX

END OF S’tmCLE

J J ftlPMABe- TfCAUSlCN

e’toRni

i.wo V.

ranciE

j’tjflCtE

MORSE

the fifth circle and are making a sign called “numerical sign” (meaning number^. Then J (which also means alphabetical sign). Then V, W, X, Z following quite simply in the sixth and seventh circles. I don’t want you to be sending numerals until you become Scouts, but you may as well learn the numerical and alphabetical signs in the fifth circles.

Once you know the alphabet and how to make the letters, all you need is practice. You are not asked to send long sentences, or to send over long distances, or at a high speed. All that is expected of you is that you should know your alphabet really well and read and send simple words slowly. But you must remember that before long you will be a Scout, and a lot will be expected of you in the signalling line. So ^eep it up and always try and do your best to remember all the letters. A silly thing Cubs often do when they are signalling, and which makes it im- possible for anyone to read their messages, is to waggle their arms about while they think how to send the next letter. This looks foolish, to start with. Now if you have just sent P, and the next letter is N, don’t start waving your arms like windmills, wondering where they must stop to make N. Keep quite still at P till you remember how to make N, and then make it calmly, but briskly. The other fellow won’t mind a breathing space while you think —but he can’t tell what on earth you mean if you wave your arms all over the place I

When you have got as far as sending words, there is this to remember. At the end of every word bring your flags down sharply to the ready position— that is, crossed in front of you. But don’t come down to the ready position after each letter in the word— keep still and pause for a moment at the letter made, before going on.

Morse

You will find signalling in the Morse Code rather more difficult than in Semaphore. But it has many advantages. For instance, later on you may be able to signal Morse in many ways : with the flags, with the telegraph key, with light (heliograph or electric light), etc. If you are good at winking it is even possible to “talk” in Morse with your eyes! So, you see, to learn Morse you need not think of the flags at first, like you do in Semaphore. It is time enough for Morse flags when you become a Scout. Now I am going to explain Morse to you as clearly as I can— but it "will take all your attention, and an awful lot of “best.”

In the Morse Code letters are formed by dots and dashes.

THE WOLF CUB'S HANDBOOK

Writtea down they look like this ■ wmm (A), mmm m k «»(B), and so on. The question is, how can you show the difference between a dot and a dash? Well, it is all a matter of long and short pauses* Whatever way you are sending remember that a dash takes three times as long to make as a dot. You can see that easily if you look at the Morse signs written. Here’s a dot » and here is a dash just three times as long. But before I tell you any more, you must learn the alphabet in Morse. What I have already told you is only to get it well into your head that whatever way you are sending, and at whatever speed, a dash is always three times the length of a doL If you don’t remember that, no one will ever be able to read your messages, whatever way you send.

The simplest way to learn the alphabet is as follows:—

Dots.

- E • -I - • • S • • • • K -

Dashes.

Opposfies—

Letters with no Opposites--

Now that you can make a letter, try a word. And remember that at the end of each letter you must make a pause as long pts a dash* Here is a word in Morse: “Da^h, dot, dash, dot (pause), dot, dot, dash (pause), dash, dot, dot, dot.” That spells “Cub.’* Go on practising words till you are guiie used to sending and read- ing, and practise winking with your eyes (calling the right eye “dash” and the left “dot”), or just saying words to yourself in “dot, dash” language as you go to school or lie in bed.

SOUND SIGNALS

119

Another important thing to remember, whatever way yon are sending, is to go right ahead continuously^ from start to finish, in making a letter* If you stop in the middle, the person who is reading will think you meant to make two letters. Like this; if you were sending C (which is ^ and you made half

(*“ “) aod then paused, and then sent the second half ( ■» ),

diey would think you meant to send N, N*

Sound Signals

These are made by means of a whistle. You don^t generally make ^ them — it s usually your Cubmaster. There is nothing so annoying in field games and practices as a Cub or Scout who thinks he may send whistle signals whenever he likes! It often causes mistakes and even ructions. But you must know exactly what he means when your Sixer or Cubmaster gives an order by whistle* Most important of all, learn the alert whistle, and leap to obey it at once, whatever you may be doing. It is one long blast.

^The hints I have given you above deal with all you need re- member to pass in your test But you are not going to stop signaliing after you have won the badge—you have promised to go on practising.** So here are some bints and games to help you to keep in practice.

Games and Practices

Semaphore and Morse fVriiing . — Write notes to your friends, either in Semaphore or Morse, and, still better, practise trying to read n<^es they have written you- Semaphore is written like

this —that stands for A. The thin upright part represents the

Cub and the thicker stroke at the side is his arm. That is what it looks like when someone is sending to you, but when you are ^nding it feels the other way round. Here is a sentence written in Semaphore signs. Can you read it 9

4 ^^ ^ f ^ A Ti

You can write Morse as it is written in this book, making a

120

THE WOLP CUB’S HANDBCX>K

small space between each letter and a thin line between each word

An even better way is to make a thing like this —A— for a dot

and a thing like this for a dash . You can join dots and

dashes together and so make letters so that A looks like this

and C like this jivk-*. Then you can join letters together with jiist a little line between each, and you must leave a longer line between words. Try and read this sentence: —

Semaphore Cards.— Another good way of practising Sema- phore is by making and using a set of cards. You want about twenty-six small cards about half the size of a postcard; you can, in fact, cut postcards in half and use them, though if you can get something stiver and more slippery it is much better. On each card put in paint or blue pencil the sign, in the way it is shown in this book, for each letter of the alphabet. If you are likely to forget what they are you can write the letters themselves on the back of the cards. Now take the whole pack of cards» shuffle them and hold them with the signs upwards in your hand» then put them on to the table and as each card falls on the table call out the letter or signal for which it stands. See how quickly you can go through the whole pack. If you make a mistake don’t count that turn at all, but stop, re-shuffle the cards and start all over again. If you can do this quickly you will be pretty good at reading Semaphore.

A great advantage of this way of practising is that as you look at the cards it looks exactly like a person sending Semaphore to you, that is exactly the opposite way round from what it feels when you are making a letter yourself. It is just because Sema- phore looks the opposite way round when you are reading it that people think it difficult, but the Semaphore cards will soon help you to overcome the difficulty. Don’t practise standing in front of a looking-glass, because that won’t help you with reading. You will see a reflection of yourself, but it will be the wrong way

SIGNALLING GAMES

121

round ; for example, if you make the letter A it will look as if the Cub in the glass were holding out his left arm and not his right, and, therefore, it would be G instead of A.

Semaphore General Post— About twelve Cubs can play this game. The Cubs each choose a letter of the alphabet This (printed large in ink on a card) is pinned on his chest Each is then allotted a place to stand, in a field or open space (his distance away can be aurranged by the Cubmaster to suit the capability of the Cubs). The Cubmaster stands so that the Cubs are before him in a large semicircle, and all can see him. His object is to signal in Semaphore and move the Cubs— two changing places (as in the game of “General Post”)* If he sends A, P, —A and P each start forward, and run across the field, taking up each other’s position. This means that every Cub must have his eyes fixed very attentively on the Cubmaster. Each Cub has five “/fUes.” If he starts forward when his letter has not been sent he loses one “life”; if he fails to start before the Cubmaster has counted six from signalling the second letter, he loses a life. At the end of a given time. Cubs who have lost least lives are. considered the winners. Of course all speaking must be strictly forbidden during this game. The Cubmaster must arrange to give each Cub an equal number of chances to move. It should not be played too long at a time. More than twelve should not play, or the letters cannot each be sent often enough to keep up the interest. This game teaches the Cubs to read Semaphore, and also absolute concentration and alertness. (Notice that this concentration is not an undue strain, as it is relaxed while the two Cubs are running across to change places.) If the Sixers are sufficiently good signallers they may be allowed to do the sending, the Cubmaster acting as umpire and scorer.

-Expedi/iom.— Picnics and cHitings in the country may be treated as one great “make believe.” The Pack becomes a party of marooned sailors^ a tribe of Redskins, an exploring expedition, a party of British soldiers in an enemy coui^y. All communications with this party should be carried on by signal— flag, whistle, etc.

Per simple preurlice of the sound and movement signals the Cubs should be scattered over a field while the Cubmaster gives the signal, which is to be obeyed promptly. He should watch „ carefully, and might call out the name (or number) of the Cub last in obeying the order. This will make for alertness. It would be a good plan to arrange some “as you were” signal, to give after each command has been obeyed (say, two sharp notes).

TWELFTH BITE

FIRE-LIGHTING {INDOORS) -BUSH FIRES— MORE KNOTS— RUNNING MESSAGES— POINTS OF COMPASS— TELEPHONE

You remember the story of the Goodfellows, the good little chaps who did useful work about the house before the other people were up, and you remember the Boggarts, the little rotters who did nothing but run about and make a lot of noise and leave things untidy and dirty.

Cubs don’t want to be Boggarts. Their job is to be like the Goodfellows and to be useful in their homes and helpful to other people, especially their fathers and mothers.

In order to be a good Cub a fellow must know how to lay and light a fire

Lighting Fires

It is much more fun lighting a fire out-'of-doors than indoors, and one day, when you are Scouts, you will learn how to do it properly. Until then, you had better leave it to one of the Old Wolves when you go out on an exploration.

But laying and lighting a fire indoors wants some practice, if the fire is to burn up quickly and brightly, so you can practise this while you are Cubs.

First of all, you must clean out the grate, get rid of the ashes of the old fire, and sweep the fireplace quite clean.

Many people waste a good deal of fuel by throwing away the cinders. You should pick out all the cinders and only throw away the powdered ashes.

Cinders mixed with coal give a lot of extra heat to a fire and save money.

Here is a tip which 1 use for dividing the ashes from the enters.

If you haven’t got a sieve use an old wire fire-guard. Shovel the whole of the ashes of the fire into it and let the ash run through to go into the dustbin, and keep the cinders that are left to go intc^ tile fir^.

UGHTiNG FERES

123

in layii^ ycur fire be very careful to do it the right way ; if you don’t the fire won’t light, and you will have all the trouble of laying it over again-

Beginners generally put too much paper, too little wood, and too much coal on at first You only want a small amount to start with, especially of coal, because the weight of it squashea down on the fire and chokes it

Tear up a newspaper and roll into loose balls and long, loose screws, and lay these in the bottom of the grate— but don’t use too much paper. Get some dry sticks— white wood is best— and lay these, very lightly on the paper; build them up firmly (as if you were building with bricks), so that they will not fall in and crush down when the coal is added, but will allow plenty of air to get in. Now add small pieces of coal, putting them on carefully with your fingers. Don’t shovel coal on, or put on dust and cinders to start with. When all is ready set fire to the paper all along the bottom of the grate— using one match. Watch your fire until it is burning up well, and the wood has caught— don’t go away and hope for the best! Once the wood and coal are well alight you can add coal with the shovel, and also the cinders you picked out of the old ashes. But it is possible yon may be expected, at times, to light a fire with damp wood or hard old pea-sticks, bad coal or coke and cinders, in a bad fire-^ place. This is difficult, but a Cub must not let himself be beaten. Here are n few tips. Try and get hold of just one little piece of dry wood. Cut this up into shavings^ as a Scout does to light a fire in the open. Start quite a small fire, with paper and your shavmgs and a few sticl^ ; this is sure to catch, and you can add sticks and coal gradually. A candle end is, of course, a help— but one doesn’t expect a Cub to have to use that— it is wasteful, for one thing, and makes a beastly smell! A very good tip is to get hold of the grease-proof paper the butter or margarine has been wrapped in— that starts a lovely blaze; it is really worth saving it up for the job! Or old pa|^r the paraffin oil can hai been standing on is very good— but take care, as it blazes up verjr easily, and neUer pour paraffin on the fire.

Bush Fires

Every Scout knows how important it is to see that his cooking fire is quite out before he leaves it. He pours water over the hot ashes, so that there is not a spark left which might set fire to the grass round his camp. This in summer-time is a great danger.

124 THE WOLP CUB’S HANDBOOK

because once you start a grass fire you never know where it is going to stop*

Old Scouts are very careful about cutting away> or burning bit by bit, the grass round the spot where they are going to make their camp-fire, so that, when that is alight, it will not spread to the surrounding veldt.

The lee side of a rock is all right —

Then, when they have finished cooking, old campaigners are very careful indeed to pull their fire to pieces, and to tread it all down, and pour water over the smouldering ashes, so that there is not a spark left that might later start a new fire.

Grass and forest fires are never started by true Scouts, but only by silly, careless tenderfoots.

A bosh fire, when once it is Kt, blazes and spreads at a tre- mendoi]^ rate, and in a few minutes is much too big for a man to stop. Then it rushes across country, burning crops and woods, cattle and farms, and even villages and towns, as it goes along*

MORE KNOTS

125

That is why a real backwoodsman is very careful about his camp-fire. This carefulness is a regular habit with him, so that, even when safely burning weeds in a back garden, he first cuts away anything that is likely to catch fire, and when the weed- burning is over, he carefully tramples out the last remaining spark before he goes away.

Remember that sand or earth is often as good as water for putting out a fire.

Tenderfoots, in trying to stamp out a fire, or to beat it out with sacks or brainches of trees— which is the right thing to do —often go the wrong way about it, and get to leeward of the fire. Do you know what that means?

To windw’ard means towards the wind— that is, on the side on to which the wind is blowing, the windy side, ihe lee side, or leeward, is the opposite side.

The lee side of a house or a rock is a good place to get to when a cold wind is blowing. But, in the case of a fire, it is a bad place to get to, becaiise the smoke and flames and sparks are all carried to leeward.

But that is very often the side to which a tenderfoot goes in order to slop a fire spreading. I have ^heard of one boy who badly burnt himself in doing so.

How TO Save a Person from Burning

If you see anyone catch fire in this way, remember the first thing to do is to cover him up as quickly and as tightly as possible witb your coat, or a blanket, or carpet. Fire cannot go on without air ; the more air or wind you give ii the better it burns.

If a person whose clothes have caught fire starts to run, the fire will flare up at once. You should make him lie down and roll him up at once, tightly, in a blanket, and smother the fire. Then go for help.

More Knots

In your First Star you learned two very useful knots. Here are pictures of two more that you must learn before you can win your Second Star.

They are neither of them very difficult, but it will be much easier for you to learn them if Akela or your Sixer show you how*

126

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

Clove hitch for fastening one end af a rope round something.

A Bowline is a loop tied with a ^noi which cannot slip and which at the same time will not jam* and so can be untied easily. This is it before you pull it tight.

Running with a Message

This is another test for the Second Star, and too many fellowrs when they are put to the test think only of the running—that is, of how quickly they can get there with their message, and they think too little of the message itself.

You should put this subject the other way round in your mind. It should be ‘‘Learn the message and run with it/*

Pay careful attention to the wording of the message, say it over to yourself, and again to the sender. Be sure that you have got it right and that you understand it before you start; and then keep repeating it to yourself as you go along so that you are certain to deliver it r^ht at the other end.

If you don^t do this you are sure to bungle up the message, so that if you get there faster than anybody else it is no use after all, and you have to come back and take it a second time.

And the same way in passing on a message. Be sure that you have got it correctly from the last speaker before you pass it on to the next.

If one or two of a chain are careless in this way, a message gets very much altered before it gets round.

Points of the Compass

When sent with a message or despatch you will often be told to go in a certain direction, such as “Go northward” or “Go

TEL^HONE

127

towards the east/’ That is how sailors and soldiers and Scouts always are guided ; so you should try and learn the points of the compass. The compass is a little dial like a watch, but it only has one hand on it and that hand always points to the north. If you face the same way as the hand points you are looking north, and if you turn about and look exactly the other way you are facing south. South is exactly opposite to north, and east is exactly opposite to west. When you are facing north the east is on your right and the west on your left hand.

That gives the four points of the compass: North, South, East, West

Supposing you have not got a compass, you can tell the different directions by the sun.

Of the stars in the heavens the Sun is the best;

He comes from the East and sets in the West.

If you are up early and see where he rises, you know where the east is.

Then half-way between each of the four mam points there are four others which are easily remembered : N.E., S.E., S.W., and N.W.

Telephoiste

There are many other ways of sending messages. We have already learned that we can do it by signalling. In different parts of the world, messages are sent by means of drums and horns. The telephone and wireless are more modern ways of sending messages. At first you might think that they have nothing to do with the jungle or with Cubbing, but that is not so. In the jungle, both men and animals have ways of sending messages to each other which seem to be mysterious to us, just as when we speak to each other on the telephone it must seem mysterious to them. So it is right that in Cubbing we should make use of these modem inventions and learn how to do so. You have to be able to use the telephone if one is available near where you live. Your father and mother, Akela, or a friend will be able to simw

128

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

you how to do this. This is a test that must be done in practice : you can’t learn it out of a book.

Some Cubs, however, live in places where there are still no telephones and they have, to know how to ask for assistance if something such as an accident or a fire happens. The way in which they do this will depend on where they live, but they have to find out how to do it in order that they can prove them- selves as useful as possible and to know what to do when the occasion demands it.

Games

Whispering a message.— Each Six stands in file behind the Sixer, with about two yards between each Cub. The Sixers are told a message by Akela which they must take back to their Sixes and whisper to the next Cub. That Cub repeats the message to the Cub behind him, and so on. The team which passes the message down to the end most correctly wins.

Compass running points, ^Nlark out a circle on the ground, and the eight points on it, the north being marked with the arrow head. Place a Cub at each point, and one “out” Akela calls out two points and the Cubs at those two points have to change places before the Cub who is “out” can reach one of the points.

THIRTEENTH BITE

KNITTING AND WEAVING-THRIFT— MODELS— COLLECTIONS— SCRAP-BOOKS— CUBS’ BAND .

Knitting and Weaving

One of the things that a Cub ought to be able to do is to knit This is not at all difficult to learn, and it comes in very useful when making things for yourself or for other people.

It is particularly useful if you go out into the wilds later on as a pioneer or explorer,

Shackleton’s men in the Arctic expeditions were all able to knit their own socks and mits, and I have known many hunters and travellers and soldiers, especially those from Scotland, who could always knit their own stockings.

Weaving and plaiting is also a most useful knowledge.

When I travelled in Kashmir I found the mountain sides so steep and slippery that it was impossible to climb them in ordinary English bools, and I had to do as the natives did, that is, to wear *‘ChapIis,*’ or shoes woven out of grass.

These were most comfortable, and gave one a grip which enabled one to go up or down a mountain side so securely, that I felt I would have no hesitation in walking up the wall of a room and along the ceiling like a fly!

But, as you may imagine, shoes made of grass don't last very long, so one wanted a new pair every second or thiid day.

The consequence wss that I had to make them for myself, and I used to do this by weavii^ a long rope of grass and coiling it round my neck and then plaiting it into shoes as I walked edong on the day's march.

Similarly, I found it most valuable to be able to make baskete. In ti^ wilds you cannot buy portmanteaux and handbags wherever you like, but you want something for carrying your meat when you have shot yom game, or for carrying your fish, fruit, berries, or wild vegetables.

There are plenty of twigs about and rushes. The tlffiig fe to

130

THE WdP CUB’S HANDBOOK

know how to weave them into baskets. It is quite easy to learn and very pleasant to do.

Of course, in a civilised country you can always sell these things when you have made them, and they bring in lots of money for you or your parents or your Pack.

Thrift

The next test is perhaps a little difficult to grasp as it asks you to “understand the meaning of thrift in all things and to carry it out in practice.”

Actually the word thrift has come to us from Iceland, and the people on the island know what thrift is and are strong, sturdy, and independent There is a little £ower, a sea pink, that is called “thrift” for precisely the same reason that it can live and give happiness by its appearance to others in places where there is very little soil and where it is blown upon by hard, cold winds.

You have to learn, therefore, to be careful about all that you have, your food, your clothes, your little bits eind pieces, and your money. It is much nicer, for instance, if you can make your own swords and the other things that you play with, instead of buying them in a shop, or expecting someone else to give them to you. In just the same way, the Pack as a whole can make things for itself •—skipping-ropes, signalling flags, and so on— instead of buying them. You want to take a pride in your uniform and clothes, and not damage them unnecessarily and be always giving trouble to other people to clean and mend them. Food should not be wasted.

Take care of your pennies and they will soon turn into pounds.

A man named Astor, when he W2is a boy, learnt how to make whistles and flutes, which he then sold for a few pence. He put his pennies in the bank, and in a few years he found that they had mounted up into pounds; and in the end he became one of the richest men in the world. *

In Northern^ Trails, by W. J. Long, the story is told how the young wolves in the autumn got more food than they could well eat There were plovers to be caught and ducks and geese to be stalked.

The geese would at night settle on a sand-bar, well away from rocks and bushes or anything that might hide an enemy, and there they would go to sleep in little groups on the open shore.

As the night darkened, four shadowy forms would lengthen out from the nearest bank of shadow, creeping onward to the sand-bar with the slow patience erf the hours.

THRffnr

131

Creeping slower and lower, these shadows gradually got nearer and nearer to the flock, until there was a sudden rush, a terrific clamour of wings smashing into the water, and the hoarse startled cry of the frightened geese.

A minute later the four shadows would be trotting back to the woods, each carrying a burden thrown over its shoulders, with his jaws tightly holding the neck of a fine goc^e.

Sometimes the wolves, when they wanted an exciting tussle, would tackle some of the big seals which had come ashore to sun themselves on the rocks. The wolves would creep in between the seals and the sea, so that when the alarm was given the seals found their retreat cut off as they floundered back towards safety.

A wolf rarely grips and holds his enemy, he generally snaps and gashes it over and over again until he kills it. But in this case he had to hold tight on to his prey to prevent it escaping into the sea, £ind the seals snarled and hit back savagely, so that the wolves had a lively time of it

But with all this plentiful amount of food of geese and ducks and fish and seals, the wolves had really more food than they could possibly eat

But wolves are not fools. They knew that the winter was coming when the whole land would be covered thick with snow, and the rivers would be frozen over, and that it would be very difficult for them then to find anj^thing to eat.

So they made hay while the sun shone. They killed all the food they could get, and the cubs were taught by the old wolves, after hunting day and night and killing what they could, to dra^ their game into safe hiding-places between the rocks.

Here they piled snow over the meat after pushing it info a cranny between rocks, and in this way prevented the scent leading other animals to dig it out, and at the same time kept it cold and frozen till the time came when they would want it.

And that is just what the boy Wolf Cub should do. If he finds he can earn money at any time, he should do his best to earn as much as possible and then to put it safely away in the Savings Bank and not to spend it. He should remember, like the wolves did, that some day bad limes may come when he may want to use his supply, and if he has carefully stored it in this way he will be ready to meet hard limes.

It is not enough for you to go to your mother and ask her to give you sixpence to put in the Bank. You should have, saved “by your own efforts,’* that is, by putting aside something regularly out of your weekly pocket-money instead of buying sweets. Or

132

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

perhaps you can do some jobs of work for someone, and earn a little money in that way. Then you will be able to go on saving up your money bit by bit, until you have quite a nice sum in the Savings Bank ‘‘for a rainy day.”

Models

But don’t expect to become rich all at once. To get to big things you have to begin with little things.

Before you get pounds you must have your pennies; just as before you grow to be a big man you must be a small boy.

Before you build a big ship you must make a model of it.

Now most of you Cubs will want to make something big some day, whether it is an aeroplane, or a house, or a boat, or an engine.

But the first step is to be able to make a model of it.

When the great Tay Bridge was built a model of it had to be jnade first on a small scale, and before the great ship Mauretania was made she was first modelled like a toy ship.

So a Cub who is going to do big things should try and make his models first. If you are going to make a big box, make a small one first

If yc»i want to make a house, build a cardboard one to begin with; or you can make your litde Man-of-War in clay, or your engine in tin, and so on.

Also, it is useful to be able to draw the outline of such things before you start to make them. Every fellow can draw a little bit, and if he practises it he will soon get to do it well.

Every Scout has to be able to draw a map. He would be called a fool if he couldn’t do it

Collections

And I am sure that every Cub has got a collection of some sort or other, or if he has not already got one, he is going to make one, whether it is foreign stamps or sea-shells, postcards or cigarette pictures.

Well, these collections are very nice to have, but it is ever so much more fun if you make a collection of your own drawings.

For instance, fellows who are fond of flowers can diraw pictures ci all the difierent flowers they find, using coloured pencils or paints. The flowers thus drawn will never fade like the real ones if picked ; and in time you will have a splendid record of all the different flowers you have found.

Some people may say theA flowers are too difficult to draw.

SCRAP-BOOKS

133

so in that case make a collection of all the Sags of the different nations*

A Cub can draw these with coloured pencils and a bit of paper ; and he cmild add to them the Sags of the different British Overseas Dominions and the Sags of the Naval signalling code.

You can Snd out more about collections when you come to start to win your Conector*s Badge (see page 163).

Cubs' Scrap-books

Cubs should keep scrap-books. These may be made very interesting, containing pictures and photos and cuttings from newspapers. They should be ail neatly arranged and pasted in, and the books will, no doubt, be awfully interesting to their owners a few years hence.

I know it, because I have kept scrap-books all my life, and 1 find them not only most interesting, but in many cases valuable for reminding me of things that happened long ago.

My first book begins with a portrait of my father and mother, and then a picture which I drew when I was only three years old ! It is not much of a thing as pictures go, but still it is amusing to see what I tried to do when I wais so young a Cub as that!

But some of the greatest fun is in making the scrap-book up and sticking things in. It really is quite an art to have it neat and clean and tidy. This is the way I steirt to work.

If possible, I get an album with thin cardboard leaves, because plain thin paper is apt to cockle up when you stick anything on it ; but, of course, any book will do better than nothing.

It is best to have the album about twelve by eight inches in size, because a smaller one gets filled up in no time, and so often you may want to put a big photograph in.

On the front page, write your name and the date of commencing the book. It is always nice to start at the beginning of a year, or on your birthday, so that you have a book for each year as I have, or else for two complete secticms dF yc«ir life.

For instance, if you are at school, you might have a book in which to put pictures of your school and your friends there, and programmes of school sports or concerts— you will enjoy im- mensely looking at it when you are a grown-up man; and then, perhaps, have a second book for your home life and your holidays.

But, of course, making a scrap-book is only an extra hobby^ and it cannot interfere with your other Cub work and games,.

134

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

so you must not be perpetually playing with the sticky paste and cutting up paper and making your room in a mess.

The best plan (at least, I have found it so) is to have a fairly big envelope in which to put all the things you think likely to be interesting to keep.

Pictures of Scouts in camp, and interesting stories out of papers, and photographs of all kinds, will then be collected tidily, ready for you to sort out in a spare hour on a rainy day.

(Df course, if you can take photographs yourself, they are particularly nice to keep; but that is rather expensive. The very nicest and best plan of all is to draw things in your book yourself.

If you are good at drawing in this way, you will perhaps be able to go in for the test and win your Artist’s Badge.

When the time comes for sticking your “scraps’* into the book you will want some paste. Flour or starch paste is quite easy to make, and this is how it is done.

Put one and a half teaspoonfuls of flour (or lumps of starch) in a little basin. Pour in a little cold water and stir it to a thin paste- Then pour in boiling water, stirring it all the time, until it is a thick, blue-looking paste; and do not forget to put in a few cloves to prevent it going sour.

Besides that, you want a paste-brush, a pair of scissors, and something by way of a waste-paper basket (for snipping and cutting things makes the room very untidy), a pencil for writing down names and dates under the pictures, and an old newspaper.

The newspaper is an excellent thing which I myself find ex- tremely useful, and therefore recommend to you; you place the photo face downwards on the newspaper and smear the back of it all over and its edges and comers with paste, and then put it in its right position in the album. The place where you smeared it on the newspaper is then all sticky, but by doubling over the sheet you get another clean “smearing-place.”

Very often, photographs have a dark edge all round, and it is nicer to cut that off ; it also looks very neat if you just clip off the corners.

A Wolf Cubs’ Band

Packs of wolves when they run about in the jungle make what they call music; nobody else calls it music, but it amuses them and makes, them feel cheerful.

Why should not a Pack of our Cubs therefore make its music too by having a band? By a band, I do not mean one of those expensive affairs with brass trumpets and highly decorated

CUBS’ BAND

135

drums, but oue which has instrumente that do equally well and cost nothing.

The fir^ thing, erf course, for a band to have is a Big Drum. This means getting an old tin biscuit box or a petrol tin and a couple dE drum-sticis. These may be shank bones from the butcher, or stout ^cks with a rag tmotted round the end.

Cymbals? Wfell, you get them ready-made from the kitchen (if Mother is kind) in the shape of two saucepan lids.

Triangle? Of course you must have a triangle, and have a good big one while you are about it— by carrying a pair of longs slung from a loop of string and beating them with a big door-key.

Trumpets and flutes and fifes and all other wind instruments are played through the mouth of the performer.

You can either whistle or hum or howl the tune, but it sounds all the better if you buzz it through a comb covered with a piece of thin paper.

The Conductor is really an important person in the show, and if he is a good actor he will shine as a conductor.

But really the band is not so ridiculous as it seems if you like to play it carefully, in good time and in good order.

You can if you like make music instead of a noise, and by sing- ing very softly in a quiet hum at times, and then loudening up into a tremendous chorus at others, it will really sound well and do you credit.

One of the best drum and fife bands I ever heard was made by a number of boys drumming on kerosene tins and loudly whistling the tune, and the effect was splendid as they marched down the street.

A household band might consist of fir^ and second combs, tongs, pair of tin mugs, saucepan lids, biscuit tin, and tea-tray.

For muffled drum effects, a tea-ffay beaten with a banana is most realistic.

FOURTEENTH BITE

CAMPING— COMFORT IN CAMP- BED-!#AKING— CAMP KIT- CAMP PROGRAMME— THINGS TO REMEMBER

Camping

Every Scout aims at being a good camper, because you can’t be a backwoodsman or a pioneer unless you can look after your- self in all weathers in the open. You Cubs will have to leave real camping until you become Scouts, and what fun you will have to look forward to then ! But I expect Akela may arrange to take some of you to camp in the summer, if you are very good Cubs. If you do go to camp, there are several things you ought to know, if you are to make yourselves comfortable.

Comfort in Camp

People talk of roughing it in camp. Well, a tenderfoot may find it rough and uncomfortable, because when he goes into camp for the first time he puts up his tent on a nice green patch of grass down in a hollow, and the rain comes on in the night and floods him out

He probably pulls all the cords of his tent as tight as they will go; in the night the dew^or rain comes and shrinks the cords so that they drag the pegs nearly out of the ground ; a breeze spring up, out come the pegs, and down goes the tent!

There are lots of ways in which a tenderfoot suffers in camp. But there is no roughing it for an Old Scout; he knows how to make himself quite comfortable.

A good Cub knows that his camp should be on a dry and fairly high place, protected from the north and east winds (those are the chilly ones); that all good Pack camps have a jolly barn or tol where the Cubs can have sing-songs or play games if the wester is horrid.

A Cab knows too that if he is to have the best possible camp he must start gettiulg ready for it sometime beforehand and not leave everything to a scrambled last minute.

CAMPING

137

How are we to start this getting ready? By saving money? Yes*

If you are going to camp, have a Camp Bank, and every Cub should pay something into it It doesn*t matter how small that someth!!^ may be, provided that you really try to help your parents by doing a little towards paying for your pleasures— and camp is a pleasure, isn’t it?

This saving is part of the getting ready, but you should also learn some *of the things that have to be done in camp.

How TO Make your Bed

It is a great thing to be able to make your bed so that in the morning you find yourself still covered over. First put your ground-sheet down with the shiny side on the ground, then put the palliasse with the straw in it on top. Take one blanket and fold it in halves, then fold the other one the same way and pul it

under the lop half of the other with its edges against the other’s fold— you get in the middle and you have two thicknesses of blanket under you and two over you. If you look at the drawing carefully you will see that you can’t fall out, and your toes won’t get cold if you fold the bottom over and pin it.

With the two thicknesses of blanket and a properly filled palli- asse under you, you’ll be as warm as toast and far happier than any tenderfoot Tim who thinks that things over you are all you need, and lets all the damp and draught in to chill him!

138

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

How TO Pack your Kit

It is a jolly good idea to have one real practice of this at home before the actual packing day arrives— you may find that you need a bigger kit-bag, and it’s as well to know that in time to buy or borrow one.

Write out a list of the things you think you will want, even if you have a list from your Cubmaster to guide you, then turn your bed into a shop and put all the things out on the counter. You will have something like this list of things on it.

Two blankets— woolly ones are better than smooth ones.

Pyjamas or a warm shirt to sleep in.

A pair of gym. shoes for games.

An old pair of shorts and a shirt to wear and tear in camp games and work.

A spare vest or undershirt, and spare stockings.

A spare pair of boots or shoes.

Some handkerchiefs.

An overcoat or mackintosh.

A coat or sweater to put over your jersey in the evening besides your mackintosh or overcoat.

A towel, soap (carbolic is the best), a flannel, a toothbrush and some tooth paste or powder.

A hairbrush and comb.

A bathing costume.

A little book to put down how much you spend, and some paper and envelopes so that you can let them know at home how you are getting on,

Ifs as well to remember that you get most frightfully hungry at camp, so take a plate (or two) and a mug, a knife, a fork, and a spoon; deep enamel plates and mugs are the best because they don’t break if a silly ass sits on them.

If the Pack does not possess ground-sheets and you are camping in tents you will have to get hold of one— and be sure that it is a good one. ^

Persuade your Sixer to be decent and bring a mirror so that you can part your hair without it looking like forked lightmng

By this time the bed looks fairly full and you wonder how ever you are going to get all the things into a kit-bag.

Some boys put their overcoat in their kit-bag first and then get mad because it rains and they have to empty everything out

GOING TO CAMP

139

to get it Start with your %ym. shoes and swimming costpme, then the change of clothes, pyjamas, and blankets— with anything that might get broken in the middle. It is best to have a little waterproof bag for your soap— don’t pack the carbolic in your mug, it makes the tea tasce funny! Right on the top have your ground-sheet and (if you have room) your mackintosh, and just underneath your towel and washing things.

Don’t forget to mark your things, so that you can see which are yours and which aren’t.

Going to Camp

Now that we’ve packed our kit let’s be off, shall we? Write your name and the place to which you are going on a label and tie the label to your kit-bag. Get someone to help you carry your kit to the station or wherever you are meeting Akela.

When you are in the train don’t lean against the doors or stick your head out so far that a passing train knocks it off!

And when you are

"in Camp

remember that as you are there to have a splendid time you must keep in mind the Cubs’ patent dodge for making themselves happy— that of helping other people and particularly Akela.

A\ela s Story at Camp Fire,

140

THE WOLP CUB^S HANDBOOK

Do just as you are told and don’t rush about like a Bandar.

Keep your things in your kit-bag till you know where you are going to sleep, and when your spot has been settled unpack your things and make your bed.

When you are told that it is time to go to sleep, shut your eyes and do your best— don’t keep everyone else awake by dancing a Highland fiing on your bed or having a pillow fight with your next-door neighbour!

When you wake up in the morning imagine you have been born without a congue and keep it absolutely still, until it’s time to get up.

This is the sort of way your day will be spent

7.30. The Camp gets up. Turn your bed over double so that the others don’t walk on it When you wash don’t do the job half-heartedly, but strip— it is worth it Throw your dirty w^ater into the proper pit and hang up your towel to dry on the clothes-line.

Wear your old clothes at this time of the morning and your gym. shoes without stockings as the grass will be very wet.

8.15. Breakfast

8.45. Camp jobs. After breakfast, each Six and Cub will have

certain jobs to do, such as to tidy their own tents and the hut, and see that there is not a scrap of paper or rubbish anj^where about Each Cub will have to bring out his blankets and hang them on a fence or a clothes- line to air, put his ground-sheet outside his tent with his kit neatly piled on it, and get himself into correct uniform above the knees. This is the time for each boy to have his daily “clear.”

10.0. Inspection— of you and your kit and of the camp site.

10.15. Prayers, Flag-break, Grand Howl.

10.30. Camp games and other morning stunts.

12.0. Bathing (perhaps).

1,0. Dinner. Wash up. Each Cub will do his own washing up with the aid of a mop, a bowl of warm, soapy water, and a drying towel.

1.45. Rest time. You will not be allowed to move about, but

there will be Canteen and Bank, and one of the Old Wolves will read an exciting book or something of that kind.

2.45. Games or expedition.

CAMP HINTS

5.0. Tea and another wash up.

5.30. Get beds made. Camp games and free time.

7.0. Flag-down.

7.15. Supper.

8.0. Camp fire.

8.45. Prayers. Wash and get ready for bed.

9.15. Lights out

Things to Remember

The most important thing is the Cub grin. Don't grouse if the porridge is burnt or some other Cub sits on your bread and jam.

Before you go, and the whole time you are away, say to yourself, “I am going to make this the jolliest camp there ever was FOR THE OTHER CUBS.”

“Sr;When you leave, leave nothing but your thanks and a good name.

Remember that trees are alive and that you would not like to have an arm or a leg torn oSl Be especially careful about fruit trees; even if you see apples Isdng about on the ground, re- member that it does not make them yours, it is just a splendid chance for a good turn; pick all the decent ones up in a basket and take them to the owner. Never go hunting for wood without a grown-up with you in case you make a mistake and take things that you shouldn’t touch.

Long grass is probably going to be cut for hay# and it is very difficult to cut it with a machine if it is all lying down on the ground.

Let gates look just the same after your Pack have been through them as they did before you came anywhere near, and just note that they have a nasty way of breaking if you swing on them!

Leave cows, pigs, horses, and all manner of animals alone. No, I’m not so worried about their hurting i/ou, but of you hurting them.

A bad camp can always be traced by the rubbish and paper that are left about in and near it When you see any rubbish Ipng about in your camp don*t wait for ‘‘Joe** to pick it up! Do it yourself.

The Camp Stomach-ache

“What sort of cake do yc^ like?** said the old gentleman to the boy,

^‘Oh, I like plum-cake, and seed-cake, and currant-cake, and ginger-cake, and lemon-cake, and

“Here, that will do!” cried the old gentleman. “If you

142

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

go on like that, youil have another kind of cake— one that you wont like— and that is— stomach-ache/*

But even without eating too many cakes, you can get this painful experience, especially when you are in camp, unless you are a bit careful.

So, if you want to have a good time in camp, and not be sent home ill after a few days of it, remember these few hints and carry them out

Fruii. — Don’t eat too much fruit. A little of it is a very good thing, especially if it has been cooked or stewed. But fruit that is over-ripe, or that is not quite ripe, is very apt to give you gripes.

Water,— Then water is often dangerous, unless it comes from a filter or a good spring. Often a clear and cool-looking stream carries the drainage from a farm higher up, and, although it may look clean, it may contain rank poison,

— Wash your hands before each meal, because your fingers, and especially the finger-nails, are apt to get dirt on them— and, although you don*t notice it, may contain little germs of poison.

Files.— Also do all you can to keep flies out of your camp, because they are fond of settling on any filthy and then they come and settle on your food, bringing the poison on their feet.

Remember that a fly can carry on its feet enough germs to poison a man.

Flies don’t flourish when everything is kept clean. Don’t there- fore allow any old scraps to He about the camp, but carefully sweep them up and burn them, and then the flies don’t get a chance.

Don’t put out jam-jars for the little chaps in striped yellow and black football jerseys. You only make them come all the more. Keep all sticky sweet things covered up and safe.

LoMnes. — Be careful to have your daily “clear” regularly, and if you don't, go to Akela and get some medicine. Cubs go to camp because they are old enough and big enough to look after themselves in this way.

Dry Ruh, — When I was in camp in Zululand, we were far from any water where we could bathe. But washing is so good for keeping you fit and well. So we used to go out in the early morn- ing, while the long grass was all wet with dew, and roll in it. Thus we got wet all over, and then, after rubbing ourselves

CAMP HINTS

143

with rough towels, we were just as clean and refreshed as if we had had a bath.

You can always get enough water to damp a towel, wherever you are, and this rub-down should never be missed, at least once a day. It does you a world of good.

Dry clothes. —Lots of tenderfoots catch cold in camp, but a Scout only catches cold when he has to sleep in a stuffy house.

The reason for catching cold in camp is not really from being in the open air, but chiefly because fellows let their clothes get damp, and this gives them a chill.

Watch any old campaigner in camp, and you will see he is very careful to change his clothes the moment they are damp*

A Cuh Camp,

In West Africa* I never got fever when everybody else was ill with it. I had two shirts; one I wore, the other 1 carried hanging on my back with the sleeves knotted round my neck. This shirt was drying all the time while the one I was wearing getting damp. (It was mighty hot work marching, you must remember.)

Directly we halted, if it were only for a few minutes, off came my damp shirt, and on went the dry one. In this way, I did not sit still in a wet shirt, catching the breeze and getting a chill, as so many did. The consequence was that I kept fit and well when others got sick and- in many cases died.

As I have already mentioned, wear gym. shoes and no stocking in the early morning while the grass is still wet.

9 *

FIFTEENTH BITE

DIRT IN A WOUND— BURNS— SCALDS— SHOCK-BODY

EXERCISES-WALKING THE PLANK— INVESTITURE OF TWO-STAR CUB

The Danger of Dirt in a Wound

The Japanese soldiers have to keep themselves particularly clean, and great trouble is taken to get hot baths for them every day. And why do you suppose they go to this trouble?

It is because if a man gets wounded when his skin is dirty, the wound very often festers and gets worse, but if his skin is quite clean, the wound heals up very quickly.

That is why you should keep yourself clean and should often wash your hands, because you are always likely to gel a cut finger or to graze a bit of skin olS your knuckles, or do something cheerful of that kind ; and if your skin is clean it will heal up quickly, but if you let dirt get into the cut it may get hot and swell and fester, and take quite a long and painful time to get well— all because you were not careful to keep the wound clean. So if you get a scratch or a cut, put a dab of iodine on it and all will be well.

A gentleman was dancing at a ball with a lady when a comb in her hair came loose; in putting up her hand quickly to catch it she accidentally scratched her partner’s nose. He thought nothing of it and did not take care of it, probably letting the dust of the ballroom get into the little wound, and the result was that it festered and poisoned his blood, so that he died within a week or so.

So be carefiil to keep all wounds, however small, well washed, and covered up so that dust cannot get to them, and they will quickly heal. But the covering must be particularly clean and free from germs.

Keeping them covered from the cold air also makes them smart less.

BURNS AND SCALDS

145

Burns

If you knock some of your skin oC the flesh underneath is awfully tender, and cold air makes it burn like biliy-o. When anyone gets accidentally burnt the skin is destroyed and the flesh is open to the air; so the thing to do is, cover it lightly with softest rag or clean paper. The surface is fearfully tender and cannot bear ansrthing at all hard, and moreover it gets very sticky, and any stuff put directly on it is likely to get stuck to it and will cause worse agony later when you try to puli k off again.

If you are indoors you might soak your clean rag in warm water to which baking-powder has been added (see First Aider, page 1 93), and lay this on the burn. Put a pad of wool or a clean folded handkerchief over the dressing and bandage gently.

Scalds

Fire burns— but water, oil, and anything hot and wet scald. A scald, like a burn, has to be covered up as quickly as possible ; put a clean rag on it if you have nothing else. A scald is pretty sure to form blisters— be particularly careful not to break or prick these.

Shock

When a person receives a burn or a scald, or any other injury, he gets a shock. Not an electric shock, of course, unless he has been meddling with electric wires.

When someone is hurt, you must remember to fetch or send somebody for a grown-up person as soon as possible; and you must do this even if you think you can deal with the injury yourself.

Until the grown-up arrives, keep the patient warm and quiet, and prevent other people from crowding round him.

Body Exercises

Now there are some body exercises for you to practise. If you learn these and really carry them out for yourself every day or several times a day— especially \yhen you get up in the morning and before going to bed at night— they will help you to grow healthy and strong and big very much more quickly than you would do without practising them.

But they ought to be done every when you happen to

think of it, once in a month of Sundays.

146

THE WOLF CUB'S HANDBOOK

And they ought to be done very slowly, stretching every muscle inside your body as well as on the outside— and you will be a big strapping fellow in no time.

- Toe-Touching JSrerdse.^'— For the lower part of the body

and the back of thighs. This is also a breathing exercise by which the lungs and heart are developed, and the blood made strong and healthy. You simply stand up and reach as high as you can skywards, and then bend forward and downward till your fingers touch your toes without bending your k^ees.

Stand with the feet slightly apart, touch your head with both hands, and look up into the sky, leaning back as far as you can, as in Fig. 1.

Fig. L Fis^ 2. Fig. 3.

If you mingle prayer with your exercises, you can, while look- ing up in this way, say to God: “I am yours from top to toe,*’ and drink in God’s air^ (through your nose, not through your mouth). Then reach both hands upwards as far as possible (Fig. 2), breathe out the number of the turn that you are doing; then bend slowly forward and downward, knees stiff, till you touch your toes with your finger-tips (Fig. 3).

Then, keeping arms and knees still stiff, gradually raise the body to the first position agdn, and repeat the exercise several times.

Some fellows find great difficulty in touching their toes, but they should go on trying by touching their shins first; in a few days they will succeed in getting down to the toes. Personally, I touch my toes with my knuckles, which is rather harder than

KNEES BENDING EXERCISE

147

with the tips of the fingers, and stretches the back sinews of your legs very nicely* See if you can do it!

In the picture -> means draw’ing in the breath through the nose ; means breathing out through the mouth,

^*Kmes Bending Exercise/^ —For legs and feet: and, inside, for top of stomach.

Stand at “Alert^* (best barefooted, as it then strengthens the toes, and strong toes help you in running and jumping). Toes outwards. Put the hands on the hips, stand on tiptoe, turn the knees outward, and bend them slightly until you gradually sink down to a squatting position, keeping the heels off the ground the whole time.

Then gradually raise the body and come to the position erf standing at the “Alert” again.

Repeat this severed times.

The small of the back must be tucked in. The breath should be drawn in through the nose as the body rises, and counted out, throi^ the mouth, as the body sinks. The weight of the body must be on the toes all the time, and the knees turned outwards to make you balance more easily. While doing the exercise, you should remember that its object is to strengthen the thighs, calves, and toe sinews, as well as to exercise the stomach, so if you practise it at any odd moment during the day, it will do you all the more good.

And since this exercise makes you alternately stand up and squat down, you can remember that whether you are standing or sitting, at work or resting, you will hold yourself together, as your hands on your hips are doing, and make yourself do what is right

These exercises are not merely intended as a way of passing time, but really to help a fellow to grow big as well as to grow strong.

148

THE WOLF CUB'S HANDBOOK

Walking the Plank

The test says: “Walk a plank 12 feet by 6 inches, the height of an ordinary table above the ground,’* but Cubs won’t just do that—theyll think of all sorts of more difficult ways of learning to balance properly. For practice find a four or six-inch iron drain pipe on the ground, or a couple of boards edgewise or a low wall with an apple or small prize at the end of it for the Cub who can walk along it, squat or stoop and pick up the prize, turn round and bring it safely back again.

Stepping-stones

Put down small bits of board, or cardboard (nailed to the ground), or mark on the ground a twisty line of stepping-stones as if for crossing a brook-some close together, others far apart. Each Cub to try the course in turn, two tries. In the second try he carries in his hand a board about eight inches square, on which is a tennis-ball, which must not be dropped.

Practices

Have an alarm that one boy is on fire: roil him up in nearest material available, blanket, coat, or other boys* jackets, rug, etc.

Practise each boy at doing the thing as being the real way to impress it on their minds and memories.

Treat the patient as for a burn.

Clean and bandage cut finger.

Let each boy in turn do the body exercises to be sure that he understands how to do them AND THEIR OBJECTS.

The End of the Second Star Tests

Now you have come to the end of your tests for the Second Star, and if you can show Akela that, besides knowing these, you can also remember all that you learnt for your First Star, you can put a Second Star in your cap, and both your eyes will be open like those of the wolves. You will be able to be much more helpful to Akela, to other Cubs, to your parents at home and to those you meet. But you can only remain helpful so long as you keep practising all the things you have learned, not only in the Second Star but also in the First Star and the Tenderpad,

In Part II you will find details of the Badges you will now be able to try for, but before you come to that I will set out for you the kind of ceremony which Akela may arrange for you when you become a Two-Star Cub.

149

INVESTITURE OF TWO-STAR CUB

Investiture of the Two-Star Cub

The Pack is formed up' in Parade Circle as for the investiture of a T enderpad, but the Cubs who have earned their Second Stars are together, bareheaded, inside the circle. Their caps with the two stars attached are with Akela, who then tells the Cubs that they have successfully passed their tests for becoming full Wolf Cubs.

He reminds them of the meaning of the two stars, that young wolves are born with their eyes shut For some few days they grope about blindly, but gradually they begin to see and under- stand things. At first they see how to see and to obey the Old Wolf s directions, so you, as Tenderpads, learned the Laws of the Wolf Cub Pack and the Promise, how to make yourselves healthy and active and strong.

Then they began to see how to do things for themselves, to jump and run, to make signs to each other, to hunt and get their own food, and to be loyal to the Pack. So you learned how to signal, how to make or draw things, how to lie knots, and to make yourselves useful to other people and to do your duly to King and Country.

Now you have shown that you have both eyes open and can do the duties of trained Wolf Cubs. So you will henceforth wear the cap with the two marks on it, which mean your two eyes are now as bright as stars, that you will see quickly and well, you will let nothing escape your notice. You will look ahead and be prepared to do what will be wanted, you will look around and see how you can help others, you will look back and so remember what has been told you. In this way you v^ill be a smart and useful Cub.

If the Pack possesses a Totem Pole it is now brought into the Circle.

The Pack salutes it with the Grand Howl.

The Cubmaster holds the Totem Pole, and says:

- Now, with your two eyes on the two eyes of the Totem and

the two eyes of all the Pack upon you, will you repeat your Promise as a Cub?*’

Each Cub comes up in turn and grasps the Totem while he repeal the Promise (saying *1 hat)e promised . . .”) and the

Law, and the Cubmaster puts the cap on his head.

The Cub then makes way for the next one. When all have repeated the Promise the Cubmaster asks: “Will you do your best?”

150

THE WOLF CUB*S HANDBOOK

The Cubs reply: “We’ll— dob—dob—dob— dob.”

Cubmaster: “Then good hunting to you!” and waves them away.

The invested Cubs run off to their own Six, shake hands with them, and fall into their ranks.

SIXTEENTH BITE

Going Up

- A$ the creeper that girdles the tree trunk, L<2a? runneth

forward and back**—

For the strength of the Pack Is the T roop, and the strength of the Troop is the Pack-

Now this is the yarn of “The Boys who were too young but wanted to Join.”

. . .and the Scribe took up his pen and W’rote: The great Scout Brotherhood was born in the year nineteen hundred and eight, and it grew as no other game for boys had ever grown before. Troops appeared to the North and to the South, to the East and to the West, and all the Scouts in them said to their uncles and aunts, brothers and cousins, “Yes, this is the best thing we ever

didr’

Now a few years went by, and the Scoutmasters began to notice that a lot of smaller boys gathered outside the clubroom doors and looked longingly inside. These boys said to the Scoutmasters, “Let us too be Scouts,” and the Scoutmasters answered, “No, you are too young, you must go away!” But the boys would not go away, so at last the Scoutmasters went to the Chief of all the Scouts and told him. “Behold!— And what shall we do^” and the Chief Scout said, “Let them prepare themselves to be Scouts. Make them Wolf Cubs, and put them in Packs together.”

So the Scoutmasters went back to their clubrooms and told the younger boys who wanted to join, and the younger boys said, “Yes, let it be so. We will run with the Pack until we are old enough to be able to be Scouls.”

Years passed, and everything was most nice and comfortable. And then the Chief Scout, the Scoutmasters, and the Cubmasters said to the boys who were no longer too young. ‘Worn you can ,

152

THE WOLF CU)^ HANDBOOK

be full Scouts!” But many of those boys, forgetting the whole reason why they had been made Wolf Cubs, began to make excuses and said—

Yes, Cubs! You know fust the sort of things they said—

That they were very happy in the Cubs and did not want to leave.

That they did not want to give up all their badges and stripes and be the least important members of the Troop.

That the Scouts were not interesting enough.

That they did not know the Scoutmaster and that all their friends were in the Pack.

They only looked at the back of the picture— at possible unhappiness and disappointment. They did not even give a single glance to the more important side— the side that would have shown them that Scouting is a great big adventure; that a Cub never really leaves his Pack because it is just a part of the Troop, and that he can do more for that Pack as a Scout than he ever could while still a Cub, for the Scouts will judge it by the doings of those who have been in it

The Knights of old went out into danger and battle for the sake of the good name of their Patron, their Country, or their Lady.

The Cubs of to-day can go into the Troop for the sake of the good name of their Pack.

The more dangers and troubles they expect— the more they should brace their shoulders and go forward. If anyone told you the story of a man who turned back from doing a difficult job because he was quite happy at home, you would not think much of him, would you?

In the Pack you have no chance “to win your spurs,” but all you do is to help you to win them when you are a Scout All the stars and badges for which you work are only put together for that reason— that’s why you never put them on your Scout uniform. As soon as you have got your Tenderfoot you have gone far ahead of them.

The Knights went out to danger and they were pretty certain to find it— but, if you look round and see the fellows who have gone before you into the Troop, do they look miserable or half dead? 1 think noil Well, have a try yourself and see what happens. Worries always look tremendous if you shiver at them —make up your mind to stick to your Troop, for you are a member of the Troop even when a Cub, you know. As soon as

GOING UP CEREMONY

153

you were euroUed as a Tenderpad you were admitted into the Great Scout Brotherhood— do not fail it when it asks you to go forward. Help to make the words at the beginning of this Bite come true.

Of course, i am not sa3nng the Troop will be quite like the Pack. It won*t be.

In the Pack you are in a sort of Jungle Nursery, in the Troop you will have to think for yourself and stand on your own feet You will have to stop yourself from follow- ing a crowd if you are not sure that crowd is on a Scouty job; you will have to stop yourself from giving up a thing because it seems dull or hard. You will need real pluck and steadiness.

“Honour all men, Fear God, Honour the King and Love the Brotherhood,” that was the Knight’s code— get on your Scout armour (your Patrol Leader and Scoutmaster will help you to buckle each bit in place) and see what you can do.

Going up Ceremony

At the end of your last Pack Meeting, something like this may happen:

The Pack forms Parade Circle at one end of the Den, the Troop a horseshoe at the other.

cSSSSSS

I F S s

■^5 3 555

^ec cc^

C C ^

c ;~Cu6s. C;=C.M.

5 :=zScout5.

S .•=SM.

F :=^Ttoop fhg. T isszTottm,

The Pack does the Grand Howb The Cub who is going up falls out in front of the Cubmaster who wishes him Good Hunting in the name of the Pack The Cub then repeals his Cub Promise for the last time, starting: “I have promised.” He then walks round the whole Pack, shakes hands with every Cub, and returns to the centre. The Pack gives him three cheers. The Boy and the Cubmaster go to the line, where the Scoutmaster is waiting

154

THE WOLF CUB*S HANDBOOK

for them. The Cubmaster hands the boy over to the Scoutmaster, who takes him Into the horseshoe and introduces him to his Patrol Leader. The Patrol Leader takes the Cub to his future Patrol, who make him welcome. The ceremony may close with the Troop yell.

The Next Step

You have wandered through the Jungle and your eyes have been opened to see many wonderful things. Now you go for- ward on your journey into the greater Land of Scouting, and Akela and the Pack speed you on your way with a cheery call of “Good Hunting.” You will never forget your days with the Pack. One day, it may be, you will return to it and help other Cubs to open their eyes in the Jungle.

Good Hunting!

PART II

PROFICIENCY BADGES

AND HOW TO QUALIFY FOR THEM

CHAPTER I

PROFICIENCY BADGES

The object of the Proficiency Badges is to help to remedy defects and to develop character and physical health. They should not, however, be regarded in the same way as the Star Tests. Badges are activities which individual Cubs can take up in order that they may progress further along Cub paths ; they should be encouraged to take them up with a view to self-development but not at the expense of their ordinary work with the Pack

They will start on some of these activities for themselves in many cases before they have won their Second Stars.

A Cub is allowed, if he wishes, to win and wear not more than two Proficiency Badges after he has gained his First Star, but he should at the same time be continuing to w^ork at his Second Star tests.

Cub Proficiency Badges are divided into four groups, viz.:—

1. Character (colour of badges— blue).

2. Handcraft (colour of badges— yellow).

3. Service for Others (colour of badges— red).

4. Physical Health (colour of badges— green).

Each group is suh-divided into three subjects, for each of which a badge is obtainable.

Proficiency Badges are granted on the recommendation of a qualified and independent .examiner approved by the Local Association. They are worn bn the right arm in parallel rows between the shoulder and elbow.

DIAGRAM OF BOY FAILINGS AND CUB REMEDIES

156

THE WOLF CUB'S HANDBOOK

-o

s «js

-S S> t>0.2 W

to nj es

^ > St

^ cj 0.?

» «

u — - -

CJOO

S I s

Ctf S >%

>>« O o

axH

•l ^

7g n3 na

<tf 4J ^

^ I-

>5 O 5J

DUlO

I 2-

C O?

.I>s

OJ «

-c Si

tJO o

eS «ni

tf> £3

U .S

■tS-2

c s o »*• S TJ «}

a s

■<

£3

.Si

£L

'o O ^

flj .2

« 5

‘"‘O c/3

e3 §3

0) M

^ 4? Sa ^ OOTi

4> (U

^ §n3 ^ ss as

S o

B -Q

slss

‘S! 00 ^

00 4> ftfi *— I M2 , - ^ »-— •

- g*!-! J « £ I Ssi S SQuJ a<^o

-'• •

C3 03

<13 03

0) CO

t/3

.Si «>

n3 g

O ^

. g . S .

eg . CL -

2*2 D

mS SL Z3

rs .£3

<0 0« MM -Q 2

^ St

«!4 ^

^ g S g'-o

<0 m a: .

PROBCIEKCY • BADGES

157

Group 1 Character (Blue).

First* Guido. House 0rdodyi»

Group 4-— Physical Health (Green).

AlMeie. Swimmer, Team Player.

158

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

GROUP L COLOUR OF BADGE— BLUE

Character

(This group includes intelligence, observation, concentration,

etc.)

— Must make a collection of one group of objects, neatly and systematically arranged, for a period of at least three months, and know something about them. The nature of the collection should be chosen by the Cub. Suggestions are as follows:— Stamps; postmarks; picture postcards; cigarette cards; fruit papers; match-box tops; crests; coins; feathers; leaves or flowers. (For the purpose of the last two photographic or carbon reproductions may be accepted.)

Or, must keep a scrapbook diary of events, etc., for a period of at least three months.

Observer.’— \ , Have observed the appearance and know something of the habits, of either (a) Six animals, or {h) Six birds.

Or, know the names and appearance of either

Six summer flowers, and Six autumn flowers, or

(d) Twelve trees or shrubs.

2. Find his way to an unknown spot, not more than 300 yards away, by following directions given to him by the examiner (either compass directions, or signs made on the ground, or land-marks, or a combination of these).

3. Must be able to play Kim’s Game, nine objects out of twelve. (It is preferable to select variations of this game which are not used in the Troop.)

Gardener,— Must care for a patch of garden of at least 16 square feet for three months.

HANDCRAFT BADGES

159

2* Must be able to name at least four of the following common growing specimens:

Trees or shrubs, or Flowers or vegetables.

3. Distinguish and name four common weeds, and be able to use the following tools: spade, fork, hoe, trowel, rake.

4. With the help of seedsmen’s catalogues or gardening magazines, make a scrapbook of not more than six pages, one page to each month, of either flowers or vegetables planted or flowering in that month. A minimum of twelve subjects to be shown.

In case of town Packs where patches of garden are impossible, the following alternatives can be taken in place of 1 and 3.

5- Must care for a window-box for three months;

Or, Must care for two or more perennial plants in pots for three months.

6. Must grow two of the following:—

A bulb in water, peat moss, sand, or soil.

A chestnut or acorn in water, sand, peat moss, or soil. Mustard and cress, peas, or beans on flannel.

GROUP 2. COLOUR OF BADGE-YELLOW

Handcraft

1. Must draw with pencil, brush, pen, or crayon an original illustration of any incident or character in a simple story (size not less than seven by five inches).

2. In addition do one of the following:—

(а) Draw from life or memory, in pen and ink or pencil, any animal or human being he has seen.

(б) Draw from nature a landscape or a still-life group.

(d) Illustrate a story by means of match-stick figures in a series of not less than four pictures.

(e) Make a simple greeting card, using pencil, brush, pen, or crayon.

(Note,— TAe natural bent of the boy is to be encouraged in every way; the spirit and intention of his work to count as much as adherence to academic rules,)

10 *

T60

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK:

Homecraft,— y{vL%l thread a needle and sew on a button, and carry out any two of the follo’wing tests:—

1. Knit a useful article.

2. Make a piece of netting (to put over seeds, for a bag, etc.)*

3. Work a design in cross-stitch on canvas.

4. Make a rug or mat on canvas or hessian.

5. Darn a hole in jersey or stocking, or mend a tear.

6. Wash and iron his scarf.

7. Make a basket.

8. Weave a useful article in raffia.

Make an article from odds and ends, such as fir cones, clothes pegs, etc., and either a toy of reasonable size, such as a boat, engine, motor car, doll, or animal, or in reasonably correct proportions and colouring, a composite toy such as a farmyard, jungle, ark with animals, cottage with furniture, or station.

(An article presented for the Second Star Test (5) must not be admitted for any part of this badge.)

GROUP 3- COLOUR OF BADGE ~ RED Service

Firsts Aider ,— Know howto ‘*clean up” and treat a graze.

2. Be able to dress and bandage a hand and a cut knee and put on a large arm sling correctly. ,

3. Know the treatment for stopping bleeding from the nose.

4. Know how to extinguish clothes that have caught fire; and how to treat minor burns and scalds.

5. Show that he understands the need for summoning adult help,

6. Know the simple treatment for shock (not electric).

Guide, — I. Be able to give clear directions to a stranger asking his way, well expressed and distinctly spoken; and be capable of doing so politely and promptly.

2. Know the whereabouts and distance away of the nearest police station or box, doctor, chemist, public telephone, fire alarm, railway station, petrol station, motor garage, and hotel.

PHYSICAL HEALTH BADGES

16!

3* Know how to call for Fire, Police, Ambulance.

4. In totjons^ Know the number, if any, and at least two places each w*ay on the route of the local buses or trains up to a maximum of four routes.

In country. Know the route of the local bus or buses.

House — Make a good pot of tea, and fry or poach

an egg; peel potatoes, and boil or fry them; make a bed, wash up crockery, utensils, etc.; clean windows and brass- work; sweep and dust a room, or scrub a table.

GROUP 4. COLOUR OF BADGE-GREEN Physical Health

Athlete, — These tests are divided into two classes, “A” and “B.** Class “A** is for Cubs from ^10 years of age; “B” for those of 10-12. The tests are of the same nature in both classes, but th^ standards are different

N.B. — The average height of Cubs in Class “A** is 4 ft. 1 in. If a Cub in this class is unusually developed (not only in height) he shall be judged in Class “B.”

Class ^^A/'

Must be able;—

To sprint 50 yards in 10 seconds.

To jump 2 ft. 6 ins. (high jump).

To jump 6 ft (long jump). ^

To climb a tree at least 15 ft., or climb a rope at least 10 ft

To throw a cricket bail 20 yards, and catch one thrown from 10 yards.

Class

To sprint 60 yards in 10 seconds.

To jump 2 ft. 8 ins (high jump.)

To jump 7 ft. 6 ins. (long jump).

To climb a tree at least 15 ft., or climb a rope at least 10ft.

To throw a cricket ball 30 yards, and catch one thrown from 15 yards.

Swimmer* —Musi be able to swim 25 yards (any stroke).

Be able to float on back for 60 seconds in salt water or 30 seconds in fresh water, or tread water for two minutes in salt water or one minute in fresh water.

162

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

Swim on back for 15 yards.

Be able to ‘*duck% dive” (i.e., dive while standing in the water or swimming). Or (as an alternative), perform a *‘honey- pot” (Le., jump with arms clasped round knees) from a board, bank, or boat.

Team — Must be a regular playing member of a

properly organised team for football, rounders, cricket, or some other organised game of a similar nature. (The team must be under the control of the Cubmaster, the boy’s schoolmaster, or other person approved by the Cubmaster.) Must have played in at least six matches and must be specially recommended by his captain and by the person responsible for the club as being a keen, sportsmanlike player.

The Totem Pole

A Wolf Cub Pack is entitled to carry a Totem Pole (see page 61). A ribbon is added to the Totem every time that a Cub gels a Proficiency Badge ; the ribbon is of the group colour of the subject for which he has gained the badge. The winner’s name is written on a tab attached to the ribbon.

At the end of the year a ring, bearing the date, can be slipped over the ribbons to divide those of one year from those gained in the next.

One object of the Totem is to encourage the Cubs to make themselves efficient by forming a record of badges gained ; by showing at a glance the amount of efficiency in the Pack; by acting as a challenge to other Packs to make themselves equally efficient; and by encouraging individual effort to co- operate in making a good record for the honour of the Pack.

At the same time it must be remembered that efficiency in badges is not a true test of a real Wolf Cub Pack. A happy family spirit counts for more than anything else.

Presentation of Badges

It is desirable to mark the importance of winning a badge by having a little ceremony of presentation, and the opportunity of this occasion can be taken to impress upon the Cub by means of a pow-wow the desirability of keeping in practice on the subject which he has taken, and of advancing in his knowledge of it as time goes on. Especially is this the case in regard to the badges in Group 3, for by the practice of those subjects the Cub can make himself increasingly useful to others.

CHAPTER II COLLECTOR Group I

Note to Cubmasters

Details concerning the arrangement, etc., of stamps cannot he included here, or lists of crests, etc., or instruction with regard to leaves or flowers. These must be sought in books dealing with the subjects. A few hunts may be given, however, on methods which will help the Cubs to arrange their collections and scrap-books neatly.

The main point is that the boy should he encouraged to work on a system, all the better if it is his own system, and should exercise clearness and neatness in descriptive labelling.

Hints to Cubs on Collecting

Of course you know how to collect postcards. Stamps you will soon learn to arrange if you get an album — they are about the best things that a Cub can gather, for they teach him about countries over the seas. Don’t stick them in fast with gum, but get your Cubmaster to show you how to remove the envelope and how to use stamp mounts. So far so good — but there are other things you can collect besides these.

If you live by the sea, you can collect sea-shelis. A good w^ay of arranging them is to stick them neatly on cardboard, with seccotine — their names written underneath.

Geological specimens— that is, fossils and different kinds of stone— should be arranged in cases, or drawers in a little cabinet, or on a shelf. Not only should their names be written on the label, but also when and where you found them,

Flowers and leaves should be well pressed and dried before being stuck into the book. You should find out the correct name from some book, and write this neatly underneath each specimen, and then put in brackets its local name— that is, the name the country people call it in your part of the world.

164

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

If the leaves themselves are kept, they get very dry and brittle and frequently break into little bits. It is a good plan, therefore, to make %vhat are known as reproductions by using photographic or carbon paper. If the former is used, place the leaf on the sensitive paper and a stout piece of glass on top, then expose to the sun or light till the sensitive photographic paper is a dark brown. The leaf will then have photographed itself on the paper which will have to be fixed! Anyone who is keen on taking photographs will be able to tell you how to do this. If you are making carbon impressions, you use the paper that is used in typewriters so as to make three or four copies of a letter at the same time. “Zanetic” is the best kind of paper to get Place the leaf, face down, on a solid flat surface ; place the carbon paper, face down, above it ; put another piece of ordinary strong paper above this and with the tips of your fingers gently but firmly rub all over above the surface of the leaf paying particular attention to the edges. This will cover the back of the leaf with carbon. Lift the papers and carefully pick up the leaf by the stalk and place it, back, down, on the clean piece of paper or card or book on which you want to have your reproduction. Place another piece of paper above the leaf and rub as before, taking great care not to move the leaf or the reproduction will be smudged. In this way the carbon on the back of the leaf is trans- ferred on to the clean paper and you will find there a permanent picture of the leaf which can then be neatly labelled. If carbon paper is not available or too expensive, similar results can be produced in the same way by making a soot impression. Hold a sheet of brown paper over a lighted candle until it is well covered with soot, being careful to move the paper so that it does not catch fire. Use this prepared paper thereafter in the same way as you would carbon paper.

Coins are an interesting collection, but they are rather difficult to get

Match-box tops— I know some Scouts who got over 1 50 different kinds. They had match-box tops of nearly every English make, and also some from France, Switzerland, Italy, Germany, Norway, and even Japan!

I promised to collect for them when 1 was travelling abroad, and I really think I got as keen as they did ; and so did my friends. We would pick up old match-boxes on the snow in Switzerland, and buy them from old match-sellers in the streets in Florence, And for weeks after, ray friends used to enclose match-box tops in their letters when they wrote to me I Y ou would be surprised

SCRAP-BOOK COLLECTIONS 165

at the quantities of different little pictures you get in this way.

Any and every one can collect cigarette cards —by ‘‘collect'^ I tioni mean make a nuisance of yourself to all sort of strangers. You can ask your Father and Brothers, Uncles and Cousins to keep them for you, and then, when you have gathered a dozen or so, you can start arranging them in sets in a book. Don’t stop at that, but from time to time try to learn al! you can about your collection. You will not get your badge for this unless you stick to your collecting. It is no good collecting things just for a week or two. Try it for at least three months, and then, if you are still interested in your collection, carry on still further

Hints on Making Scrap-book Collections

We talked about a scrap-book diary on page 133.

The Book^—U you are going to stick pictures, photographs, crests, postmarks, flowers, or any other specimens into a hook, don’t use a penny exercise book as your album. Boys are fond of doing this; and it means that when all the specimens are stuck in they ha\e a lumpy, bulgy book. You can get books specially meant for sticking things into, with wide backs, so that, when the pages are full, the book will be even and not bulgy. So save up enough and buy a scrap-book at a toy-shop or stationer’s. Or you can buy loose sheets of cardboard with canvas ends to form the hinge, which you can fasten together to form a book when they are filled up.

For stamps you should, of course, have a proper stamp album. They can he bought quite cheaply; and also little invisible mounts for sticking in the stamps, so that you can take them out again without spoiling them.

The Gum. — Don’t use quantities of strong, yellow glue, and make a sticky mess all over your hands* and the table and your page. There are lots of kinds of paste and gum. Home-made paste you will find all about how to make on page 1 34. Or you can buy a bottle of paste, with a brush. Thin seccotine is also good stuff. Or you can get a penny bottle of gum. Be careful always to have very clean hands when using gum or paste, otherwise you will get black, sticky finger-meurks over ever^lhing* Don’t press down scraps, etc., with your fingers, use a soft rag. Be specially careful about this when sticking in photographs.

!66

THE WOLF CUB'S HANDBOOK

Labelling,— Never write the name of the specimen below it without ruling a faint line in pencil to keep you quite straight. (You can rub out the line afterwards.) Practise making neat printing letters. It is a good plan to print the name neatly m pencil first— very faint— and then ink it over. Neatness in labelling will make just all the difference to the look of your book. If you can get Indian ink use that; it looks much nicer than ordinary mk. I will give you a good tip for labelling. Buy a little set of small rubber letters for stamping names* You can get one for about sixpence with holder, ink-pad and all. You slip the letters in, to spell the words you want, ink them on the pad, and press them firmly on the paper. It will look neater than writing, and is great fun to do. Be sure always to spell right. But of course more important even than the spelling and neatness, is the correctness of your labelling. Always find out exactly the right name for the specimen. And get the things in the right order— not all mixed up; this is called being systematic. It sounds a long word, but it is a very important thing to be. Nothing in the world succeeds without system. Remember the proverb — “Plan your work— then work your plan,”

CHAPTER in

OBSERVER Group I

Note to Cubm asters

The choice of the birds and animals and flowers and trees to be studied is left to the discretion of the Cubmaster, and the wishes of the Cub, those most common in the locality being most suitable for ohseroaiion. Instruction concerning these cannot, therefore, be included in this book. But there are many excellent works, published at low prices, in which all necessary information will be found. It may be pointed out that, although books are necessary for obtaining accurate and detailed knowledge, the subject should he studied as much as possible direct from Nature, The Cubs will find ^^stalking** ike birds and beasts aery fascinating --but it will iak^ patience and self-controL Although Cubs should be allowed to seek interest in the birds* nests, and be able to recognise their eggs, nesting** and making collections of eggs should not be permitted. It is, very often, actually cruel, when done by small boys; and, anyhow, birds* •^nesting gives rise to so much cruelty and destruc- tion that it is better to teach Cabs to leave it alone altogether, and to tak^ every opportunity of impressing on their minds and imaginations the cruelty of robbing birds of their nests, eggs and especially, young {see also page 72), Substitute for the desire to possess eggs themselves the desire to watch over and protect a brood so that it goes forth to he useful to one's fellow-men either by its singing or by gruh-klUi^g*

Useful Books

"‘'British Birds, their Nests and Eggs and How to Name Them** Gallichan, (Holden,) 1 s,

British Trees and How to Name Them,** Robson, (Holden,) I s.

'The Scout* s Book <^f Trees,'* Merriman, (Oxford Press,)

6d. net.

!6a THE WOLF CUB*S HANDBOOK

Flowers and How to Name Them,"* Mackenzie, (Holden,) \s.

'The Observer $ Book of British Birds*"*,

- The Observer* s Book of Wild Flowers**;

"*The Observers Book of Trees and Shrubs**;

(Messrs, IVarne,)

2s, 6d, each.

Stalking

Something has already been said on the subject of stalking in Bite 8, but it is of extreme importance that a would-be Observer should know how to stalk, or else there will be no animals or birds for him to see; they will all be frightened away.

The main thing to remember is to move very quietly and smoothly, and to be able to ^‘freeze,” or remain perfectly still, at any moment. Learn to walk so that the whole of your foot rests equally on the ground, point your toes straight forwaurd, as then they will not meet so many obstacles, and keep the arms and body as still as possible as you move. The Hearing Game, mentioned on p. 173, will help you to move quietly, and there ^e other indoor stalking games which will give you a lot of practice in preparation for real stalking out of doors. As well as keeping your body balanced (and the Star Tests help here), you have to keep your eyes and ears well open, so as to see and hear anj^hing at once. When you spot an animal or bird out in the open, stand stock-still for a moment and then move cautiously towards it crouching low down as you go until you come near enough to observe it carefully. Make a mental note of its size, colours, actions, noise, etc. It is useless to make notes on paper on the spot as the noise and movement you make will frighten it away. These notes should be made as soon as possible afterwards.

You will quickly find that most of your real observing will have to be done alone. It is a mistake to sit still in one place, you will be able to see more if you move about quietly. Very soon you will find how fascinating real observing is, and will be able to fill in many a happy afternoon for yourself.

The best thing that an Observer can do is to keep a diary or Nature Log in w'hich he jots down all that he observes of any interest about Nature when he is out in the open. On wet days, when he has nothing else to do, he can illustrate it with sketches, photographs, or pictures of animals, birds, etc., cut out of the papers. He will then have a complete and lasting record of what he has seen. It is possible for a whole Six, or even the

EXPLORING

169

whole Pack» to keep a Log of this kind to which every Cub con- tributes from lime to time.

Exploring

Tracl^ing hy ground s/gns. — There are maay ways of exploring. One is tracking by ground signs. But while an ordinary boy would just look out for

a Cub keeps his eyes open, and his mind on the alert, and notices lots of little things, which tell him which way anyone in front has gone. But I have found that Tenderpads often make little mistakes, which mean that they '‘lose the scent’* altogether, or waste a lot of time. Even quite good Cubs make mistakes because they forget to be very much on the alert, or are in such a hurry that they overlook things, and end in wasting more time than if they had gone a little slower.

A game which Cubs can play is Follow the TraiV* A party of cowboys are to start off for a long journey across the prairie. They are expecting a party of their mates to follow them in a week’s time. So they agree to make Scout signs and leave mes- sages all the way. The Cubs having divided into two parties, one starts away across the fields and woods —preferably sdong a path or track. They make arrows pointing in the direction they are following, either on the ground or on fences or stones. They hide messages, written on paper or on white stones or pieces of wood, saying how they are getting on; where water may be found or warning their pals of various dangers. “Don’t follow this road,” (X) is also made when necessary. Meanwhile the second party of Cubs start (having given the cowboys ten minutes' start) not as the expected friends, but as a party of Indians, who have picked up the trail and are hot on the track of the 'palefaces'.” They follow, destroying all the cowboys* tracks and signs, and reading their messages. Indian scouts may be sent on, singly (fast runners) to reconnoitre, and report on the number and deportment of the cowboys. But the Indian scout does this at his own peril. If he is seen by the palefaces he becomes their prisoner, and must go on with them. (Any cowboy seeing an enemy Scout gives the Cub’s cry, whereupon the Indian must play fair and surrender). The palefaces eventually run short of provisions, at the end of half a mile (or more)

170

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

and are obliged to halt Believing Indians to be following them^ they take cover. The Indians, finding that the trail has come to an end, search for the cowboys (seeing and calling out the name being equal to killing), but any paleface who manages to creep out of his cover and touch an Indian before he is seen himself kills him (puts him out of action). The game is won by the party having the largest number of survivors when the Cubmaster blows his whistle.

Landmarks * — Finding the way by landmarks is very different from finding your way by ground signs. Instead of looking on the ground you’ve got to look about you. A landmark is something in the landscape which always remains there, which everybody knows, and which can easily be seen, such as hills and knolls, large ponds, lonely trees or rocks. Churches and large buildings may also be called landmarks, and are very useful for finding your way. You should get to know all the landmarks round your home, for tw^o reasons : ( 1 ) so as to be able to help strangers to find their way ; (2) so that if you lose your way when you are out you may be able to tell where you are. Perhaps you will find yourself in a wood, and you won’t know a bit which way to start back. Well, if you climb a tree, and see away to the left a silver line that is the river shining in the sun, you will say, “Now, if the river is on my left I must go in this direction, and I shall be going home. I see the mill on the river bank, so I must be about five miles from home,” Or perhaps you see a church tower, or a big hill that rises up behind your home. That is what finding your way by landmarks means. When you are near your home it is easy, but when you are in a strange place this is very important. When you go to camp, the first thing you should do is to notice the landmarks ail round, and then you will know how to find your way back to camp, if you are sent on an errand. A Cub shouldn’t have to ask his way.

Compass Direction, -- Of course you know how important a compass is for guiding a ship in the open sea ; there are no land'^ marks there to help. But perhaps you think a compass is not much good on land. In England you find sign^ posts and mile- stones all along every road. In fact, there are so many that there is a story about an American who was rushing along English roads for the first time, in a very fast motor-car. After a while he turned to his friend, and said, “My, but this is a mighty big cemetery 1” You see, he thought the milestones were graves, and they seemed to pass so many. Then we have such heaps of

COMPASS DIRECTIONS

171

landmarks— churches, ruins, hills, and woods. But in other countries it is different. In the Australian Bush, for instance, where the grass you have to ride through is higher than a mans head, and there are often no roads, and only faint tracks— let alone milestones— a compass is >ery useful. Perhaps there will be no landmark at all, except a distant hill, and that may be hidden in a mist, or by the falling dusk. Strangers sometimes ride for hours and hours, thinking they are going straight ahead, and really they are riding through the long grass in a circle, and arrive back, hours later, at the very place they started from ! If they went by the compass that would not happen to them, (You will find the v* ay to read the compass in Bite 1 2.)

But there are other ways of knowing where is the North, South, East, and West, besides looking at the compass. When you become Scouts you will know how to find the North by your watch and the sun. And how to tell the direction by the stars. But here are a few very simple ways any Cub can use. Remember^ first, that if you can tel! one direction— say the East — you can tell the others easily. If you know which is the east, sketch out your right hand, straight feom your side, pointing at it. Then you will be facing due North, and the South will be at your back, and your left hand will be pointing West. The same follows, of course, whichever point you know. If it*s the West you know for certain, stretch your left hand to it ; or if it*s the South, turn your back to it. This will always bring your face to the North.

172

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

Now, of course, the best way to tell the direction is by the sun. Y ou all know that the sun rises in the East, and moves over to the West and sets there. Well, if the sun is very low— just risen —you know that’s the East. Or if it has been risen some hours, you think of the way it moves round, in a great arch, and you can judge (roughly) whereabouts it rose, and that will be the East. If it is sunset time, of course that’s easy— you can tell the West at once.

But there is a great, steady compass that always stands ready for you, and doesn’t shift about, like the sun. Every village has one, and towns have heaps of them. Once you see one you can always tell the compass direction at once. Do you know what it is 7 Why, the church. Nearly all churches point East That is, the altar lies at the East end. Do you know why churches look eastwards? Because the Holy Land lies away to the East, the land where Jesus Christ was born and lived and died. That is why we always look East in our churches.

So remember that the church is a compass, and if you point with your right hand in the same way as the church, you will usually be facing North. But when you look at the church to see the compass direction, remember that ^ someone once said— that all church spires are fingers pointing to Heaven. And, after all, that’s the most important direction in life !

Games to Play

L Kims Game.

Kim’s Game is not hard, and only takes practice to get good at. You can play it with your Six. Collect on a tray (or on a circle on the floor) a number of articles— buttons, knives, pencil, pen, match, nib, inkpot, match-box, etc. —not more than twelve things . Get your Six to sit round where they can see the tray and let them look at it for one minute— or until you have counted fifty. Cover up the tray and make a list of all the articles on a piece of paper.

When you are given your look at the tray, notice at once which are the objects you would be likely to forget, and stick them in your memory, specially, leaving the easy ones to look after them- selves. For instance, the Scout knife and the ink-pot will stand out in your memory by themselves, while the linen button, the nib, and the match-box would slip out very easily.

The same thing applies to any other game of observation and memory.

‘OBSERVER'* GAMES

173

2, Deer Sial^ing-^^The Cubmaster acts as deer, not hiding but standing, and occasionalty moving. The whole Pack go out to find the deer; each tries in his own way to get up to it unseen. Directly the deer sees a Cub he directs him to stand up as having failed.

After a certain time the cubmaster calls “Time” and ali stand up at the spot which they have reached, and the nearest to the deer wins.

' The same game may be played to test the Cubs m stepping lightly.

The umpire is blindfolded. The practice is best carried out where there are dry tw’igs, stones, gravel, etc., lying about.

Each Cub starts in turn to stalk the blind enemy, beginning at a point fOO yards away, and he must do it fairly fast —say, in one minute and a half. The Cub who succeeds in getting nearest to the umpire before being heard and stopped wins.

3, The *‘NaOal Raid*' Game.-- An open door represents the harbour entrance, two blindfolded Cubs, one on each side, the British cruisers.

The other Cubs— the enem> vessels— try to enter the harboui one by one through the door so quietly as not to be caught by the sentinels

4. Practice in A mbas king.— The Pack splits up into two parties, one of which goes out in advance and hides in bushes, etc., by the roadside. The other party follows, and calls out those Cubs whom they can see without leaving the road. They continue as long as desired; one party alternately hiding and seeking. At first, time should be given for the hiders to arrange themselves; later they should be able to do so quickly.

Opportunity can always be taken when someone drops out for the rest of the party to get under cover as quickly as possible, so that when he returns the party has disappeared as if by magic. This always causes fun with the Cubs.

5. When the Cubs are proficient in ambushing, they can split up into three Sixes. One Six forms an exploring party, the others represent “natives.”

The exploring party goes out in proper form, and at every building, village, or clump of trees halts and sends out scoute, just as a real explorer would. One of the “native” Sixes will have hidden themselves, and act sometimes as friendly, sometimes as hostile tribes.

174

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

While one ^‘native’’ patrol is doing the business, the other can be going further on and getting ready.

If properly arranged this game is capable of producing much grand fun; and at the same time quite a lot of different Cub activities can be taught through it.

6. Hopping,-~A ‘ river**^ is marked on the ground, with step- ping-stones, and a ford; the Cub has to hop across from one end to the other. He must not rest at all on either bank, but keep hopping all the time.

These various games will give you practice in stalking (see p, 1 68) and in keeping your wits about you as well as your eyes and ears so that you will gradually become a better Observer and quickly be able to recognise different animals and birds and to discover different flowers, trees, and shrubs. Whichever of these three subjects you select for your Badge you must try and study it for yomself and not just depend on books or on what is told you. An Observer is one who finds everything out for him- self even if it does take a great deal of time and patience, but discovering things for yourself is really great fun.

CHAPTER IV

GARDENER Group I

Note to Cubmasters

Cubmasiers should remember that the hobby of gardening en- courages several qualities that they would to see in all CuLs^ namely^ patience or **stickabilityf' forethought, observation, love of nature and fingercraft.

Also it is possible to interest Cubs from all k^nds of homes, whether in town or country, in some form of gardening. The lucky ones may own gardens, but the alternative tests make it possible for Cubs without any plot of their own to k^ow the joys of garden- ing at any rate in a limited sense.

And Cubmasters who enthuse their Packs with a garderung craze will have the satisfaction of knowing that they have started the Cubs on a hobby which is likely to become lifelong; for the microbe of garderung fever is practically incurable!

Hints to Cubs on Gardening

Cubs who are lucky enough to have gardens of their own know that gardening is a job which is jolly interesting all the year round. In late winter and early spring the ground has to be dug, manured, and prepared for sowing vegetable or flower seeds. Then come sowing and planting— then, in summer, transplant!^, weeding, and watering. In autumn there is a lot to be dene in preparing for next year. Vacant ground must be dug deeply and left rough for the frost to break up. Leaves and soft rubbish must be swept up and put in an out-of-the-way corner to be dug back into the ground when it is decayed; other rubbish must be burnt

176

THE WOLF CUB'S HANDBOOK

and we must clear up generally, or our gardens in summer won^t be worth looking at So all gardeners have to think ahead.

Then besides planning, it is very important to ‘^stick to it** — don*t neglect your garden for a few weeks, or you will find it difficult to catch up. Weeds somehow have a way of growing faster than proper seedlings!

Another bit of advice is— look at other people’s gardens when you have a chance, and listen to gardeners* talk, because you can pick up no end of tips that way.

You will get the best results if you start your gardening m the spring. If you have the choice, pick a piece of ground not shaded by trees. Dig it pretty deeply, and pick out weeds. If you can get hold of some, dig in some manure or old rotted tree leaves. Break the earth up small, and smooth it with a rake. Then you are ready to put something into the ground.

Sovdng seeds.— All sorts of seeds can be bought in 2d. packets, and often directions on the packet tell when and how the seeds should be sown. There are ANNUAL flower seeds like stock, cornflower, mignonette. There are others called BIENNIAL, which take two years before they flower. Then there are PERENNIALS, which means the plants flower every year and last several years. The best thing is to have a few of each.

When you sow your seeds, if the ground is very loose, tread it a little first, for the seeds will grow” better in fairly firm soil. If the seeds are fairly big (like sweet pea and nasturtium) you put them in one by one— just half an inch from the top of the ground. If ihe seeds are small— like poppy— you sprinkle them on the top of the ground, and then press the earth down, gently. Don’t sow small seeds on a windy day, as they may get blown right out of your garden.

Some seeds sprout in a few days, but it depends on the weather, so don’t get impatient if a week or two goes by and you don’t see a sign of green. When the seedlings have grown a bit, some may have to be pulled up ; this is called “thinning out,” and the reason for it is that plants need lots of sunshine and air. You may have to do this a second time, since if the seedlings are crowded together, none will grow properly. Seedlings may have to be shaded from the sun when it is very hot.

Puiting in plants.— \{^ instead of seeds, you decide to put in plants, always use a trowel and dig the hole big enough to allow the roots of your plant to spread out well* Cover them with fine soil and press it firmly round the roots so that the plant

GARDENING HINTS

177

won’t come ont if pulled gently with two fingers. Keep the surface of the ground hoed so as to kill the weeds and let in the air and moisture, especially after watering,

Sia^i fig, ^ Many plants need support to prevent them being blown down by the wind. For light plants try to use twiggy slicks which will support without showing. Where a heavier stake is necessary, see that it shows as little as possible.

iVaiering and weeding. --li you think your garden needs water- ing, do it in the evening, and don’t Just sprinkle the top— the roots go down quite a long way, so a lot of water is necessary.

Pull up all weeds without mercy; it is only by experience that people learn which are weeds; of course everyone knows dande- lion, and nettle, and weeds that are different kinds of grasses. But there are lots of others, and about the worst are bindweed and couch grass; these have horrid snaky roots which twist round other plants and stifle them.

Pci plants . — A pot plant needs even more care than a plant growing out of doors, and you have to know quite a few things about them. For instance, it is not easy to tell when they need water. But if you tap the side of the earthenware pot, and it rings clear, that plant is too dry; so fill up the top with water several limes until the water comes through easily. If it rings dull, the plant is not very dry. If a Cub has sharp ears he can soon tell the difference. Never water with quite cold water out of the lap— rain water is best— and never let the pot plant stand in a saucer of water.

Sometimes ferns, and some other plants, like to be soaked in a bucket of water for an hour or two, and you can put pot plants and ferns outside on a warm rainy day. But beware of cold winds outside, and draughts in the house. Pot plants need air and sunshine, hut hate draughts. Sometimes it is a good idea to sponge the leaves of the plants with tepid water to get rid of dust- hut this has to be done very gently.

Good pot plants are geraniums or fuchsias, or bulbs such as daffodils or hyacinths.

Window Boxes.— You can make these very pretty— either with bulbs in spring, or in the summer put in two or three geraniums— the pink climbing sort; or you can sow annuals. Nasturtiums grow very well in window boxes, or wallflowers, or virginian stock. Remember a *good soaking now and then is better than many little sprinkles!

178

THE WOIP CUB’S HANDBOOK

Growing a bulb in water^ peatmoss, sand or soil — Get ajar with a neck smaller than the size of your bulb, so that it will not drop inside. Then fill the jar with water, choose a nice firm bulb and put it in the neck of the jar. Put it in the dark until the roots start to appear, then bring it into the light The window-sill is a good place for it. Change the water about once a week. Do not keep the bulb too warm at first.

If you want to grow bulbs in a bowl, get a grown-up to tell you the way to do it, since it is important not to get the peat moss or soil either too wet or too dry. Remember to put your bowl in a dark and not too warm place until the bulb has grown about an inch.

Growing mustard and cress on flannel — ‘Take a saucer or dish, and a piece of flannel just large enough to fit it Wet the flannel thoroughly with water and sprinkle your seed all over it See that the flannel never gets dry.

Tools, ^ A good gardener always looks after his tools. Clean them carefully after using them and put them away tidily under cover.

ScrnphooJ^.— You will get a lot of fun and knowledge by making a scrapbook of coloured pictures and hints from seedsmen’s catalogues and gardening magazines.

CHAPTER V

ARTIST

Group II

Note to Cubmasters

Cahmasiers should rcmsmber that the Ariisfs Badge is mi intended only far Cubs who have already an artistic taste and talent, but for every Cub with eyes and fingers and sense. Its object is to encourage self -express on, observation, memory, neat- handedness and concentration. Boys with any intelligence should be encouraged to go in for the badge, and their special bent be noticed and encouraged; while, if the Cubmaster possesses any artist friends he should try and get them to come and give a few hints and criticisms. Five minutes of expert advice from someone with an artistic soul is worth five hours of amateur advice from someone with merely a wellmeaning instructor s soul!

Although adherence to academic rules is not insisted on, taste and a certain amount of artistic execution are expected. For instance, a set of grotesque attempts, handed in by a boy who is merely a badge-hunter and possesses no artistic talent whatever, should not gain him an Artisfs Badge. But a genuine desire to express ideas, even somewhat crude, should receive encouragement.

Useful Books

^*Whai to Draw and How to Draw It.** {Skpffington.) 3s, 6d.

- Another IVhat to Draw*' (Skoffington.) 3s. 6d.

Hints to Cubs

Everybody can draw if he only tries; it does not need learning.

If you practise a little, and copy other pictures to see how artists manage it» you will soon find you can get along all right.

There was a time in his life when the finest artist in the world could not draw any better than any other smcdl boy. Don’t

ISO

THE WOLF CUB^S HANDBOOK

expect to be an artist all at once— you are bound to do it fairly badly at first; but stick to it and you will do better as you go along*

It is not a matter of school learning.

In the wildest part of South Africa live some tribes of natives who are so uncivilised that they are only a little better than monkeys. They have no proper language of their own— they live in bushes and trees— they have no clothes— they don’t cook their food, but eat it raw; regular savages you would call them, yet they draw awfully good pictures on the walls of the caves and rocks.

They never learnt to draw in schools. They don’t know what a school is. But with a burnt stick as a pencil, and mud of

different colours as paint, they make splendid pictures of the wild animals around them.

If these Bushmen, as they arc called, can make good drawings with such rough tools, on rocks and with no instruction, purely a Cub can do at least as well with nice pencils, colours, and brushes, and good paper and lots of advice.

Have a try.

Make your pencil very sharp, as that is half the battle in drawing a good sketch. You will never get a good picture at first with a blunt stump of a pencil.

The same with pen-and-ink drawing; use a hard-pointed fine pen and Indian ink.

When you draw*, never put in a line or a touch without some good reason for it, otherwise your picture gets mixed.

The usual way is to think of what you want to draw and then

DRAWING HINTS 181

sketch it in lightly in outline— and afterwards go over it again with darker and finer strokes.

Clean paper also helps to make the picture a good one, but you won’t get clean paper if your fingers are dirty.

Form.— Think what you want to draw and draw it as best you can. Perhaps it is a horse with a long body, with neck and head at one corner, two fore-legs at the other, two hind-legs at the third, and a tail at the fourth.

182

THE WOLF CUB'S HANDBOOK

Then you see what you might have put into your picture to make it really like a horse.

Drav/ a house, or a tree, a man, or anything you like. Then copy a picture of one, and so show yourself how to do it better.

There are several mistakes beginners often make in drawing the human figure. One is making the arms too short. When you have drawn your man’s arms, think to yourself, “Would his arms reach nearly to his knees, if he stretched them down?’*

You will very likely find they would not reach much further than his hips f Then you are apt to make his legs too big, and give him a stumpy little body, aud probably no neck. One of the greatest artists in the world, called Michael Angelo, was very keen about getting pictures and statues of the human body in right

proportion, and he invented a very simple little scale. Even a Cub can make it, and test his drawings, to see if they are right, it is just a square, divided into four quarters, with the top half divided again into three parts.

If you look carefully at the picture you will see that the exact middle of the square is the middle of the man, and that his legs reach right to the bottom of the square. His arms are stretched out, with fingers extended, and just touch the two sides. His head fills up the top division of all— or one sixth of the whole square. This is what Michael Angelo considered the correct proportion of the human body, so I think we can safely apply the scale to our drawings,

fixpressfon.— When you have got the shape of the thing— that is, its form— you want to put some life into it.

EXPRESSION IN DRAWING

I S3

I saw an awfully good picture the other day by a small boy of five who drew a portrait of his mother.

He might have drawn her like this

he didn’t. It was a windy day, and he drew her like this, which I thought was very good.

Well— when mother’s clothes blew out in the wind they wob- bled about, so he could not well draw in fixed lines a thing that was moving all the time ; but he put down what he remembered dF the folds of her dress#

That is the way to do good pictures. To look with the sharp eyes of a wolf at the thing, and to remember what it looked like and put that down on paper.

A good way for getting the movement or “expression’* in your picture is first to make little sketches of pin-head people till you get them doing what you want to show. Afterwards draw them on a larger size.

THE WOLP CUB’S HANDBCX)K

Here is a pin- head Scout (a). Make him moving (F).

Make him running (c).

Then draw him running (d).

a b c d

Colour.— Y on will, of course, want to make coloured pictures. Well, you can do a lot at first with a red and blue pencil and a black one. You can draw a Bobbie with his red face, blue coat, and black boots. It is best to draw the outline first lightly in black pencil and add the colour after.

Or you can draw a black steamer, with red funnels on a blue sea wuth blue sky overhead. Leave white lops to the waves, white clouds in the sky, and put in black curly smoke, which is very black close to the funnel, but gets thinner and lighter as it blows away in the distance.

When you get a lot of pencils or chalks of different colours, you can blossom out. You can copy the flow'^ers you have col- lected, or draw the story you have been told.

If you have a colour box and brushes so much the better. You need not have very many colours; red, blue, yellow and brown carry you a long way— because these when mixed with each other make more colours.

Red and blue make purple.

Blue and yellow make green.

Brown and blue make black.

Red and yellow make orange.

One of the things you may do for your Artist Badge is to make a Greeting Card. Y ou will find this great fun and far more inter- esting than buying one. It can be for Christmas, or a birthday, or ansrthing you like, and you can draw and paint it, or cut your designs from coloured paper and form them into a picture by pasti^ them on card or brown paper. Or you may try your hand at printing from lino cuts or pin point printing, but you will have to get Akela to show you how to do these. There is no end to the fun that you can have with the help of your fingers and a little perseverance.

CHAPTER VI HOMECRAFT Group II

Note to Cubmasters

This badge may not appeal to the Cab at first sight, as many other tests seem more thrilling to the small boy, buiifAkcla tells him that all sailors and most soldiers sew on their own buttons, darn and mend their clothes, and carry in their a ‘*kussif*^ (a sausage- shaped receptacle for needles, cottons, buttons etc., etc.) for that purpose, a touch of Romance creeps in, and mak^s it more attractive.

Also that sewing on a button, darning a jersey or stocking, and mending a tear, would be a ^*Good Turn' to Mother at home, or to A\ela in camp, as well as earning a badge for himself.

If the Cub shows no inclination to attempt darning or mending he has a wide choice of other things he can do to complete the badge,

A very important point is that whatever he makes it should he for a definite purpose — a present for somebody, something to use in camp, something for the Group stall at a sale of work* something for the Pack A Cub will not be interested in making an article if he does not know what will become of it when made* Do not expect a Cub to concentrate on work of this kind for long at a time,

A Useful Book

^*Handwork for Cubs." M, E, Shannon* {Brown, Son and Ferguson.) 9d.

Hints to Cubs

This Homecraft badge is a very useful one, as it teaches you to use your own fingers so that you can sew on buttons and do other things for yourself instead of. bothering your mother or sister about it It is by no means a girlish or kiddish thing to be able to do that, AH kinds of explorers and adventurers have had to mend their own clothes during their journeys in order to keep

186

THE WOLF CUB*S HANDBOOK

them together. Robinson Crusoe would not have been very comfortable on his island if he had not been able to make himself clothes from skins.

Each Cub that wants to win this badge has to be able to thread a needle and to sew on a button. After that he can choose two things out of eight for himself. There is plenty of choice so as to suit everyone, knitting, netting, making a rug or a basket, cross-stitch, darning a hole, or mending a tear. But there is no need for a Cub to stop when he knows how to do two of these things; he should take a pride in being able to do as many of them as he can.

1 am not going into long descriptions of how to carry out the various tests. That would be silly because you don’t want to learn out of a book, but to get someone else to teach you. Your Cubmaster may be able to show* you a lot, especially if he is a she, but your mother, or sisters, or someone else at home, will be only too willing to show you when they see that you are in earnest about it. So do not hesitate to ask, and you will very quickly pick up the idea from what you are shown.

Perhaps, however, a word or two on what is expected of you might be helpful.

Needle and iiiffon.—The needle to be threaded is not a darning needle with a whopping big eye, but the kind of needle that is used to sew a button on a shirt. This needs a good eye on your part, and a steady hand, and, hey presto! the thing is done. But you will find you will want practice, so as to be sure of it. White thread should be used, because then you can see if you have kept it clean ! The button should be sewn on properly so that it has a neck, can go through a button-hole, and can stand hard wear. The job should be done as neatly as possible, so that the cloth on which the button is se^n is left neat and clean and tidy. After this in camp you will be able to seiv on your own missing buttons, and in 3 ^our home, too, I hope.

Knitting, ~ I used to knit when I was your age, although I have almost forgotten it now, mufflers and mittens and other useful things like that. There are other useful articles that you can think of for yourself, like kettle-holders. You will find it best to use thick wool or cotton, and should work with bone or wooden needles, not metal ones, unless you are going to be very ambitious and knit socks and stockings.

Netting. — Don’t try and net too big a thing. It would take you a very long time to make a tennis-net or a hammock.

THE HOMECRAFT BADGE

A bag to bold ibe balls for your Six or the Pack, or a small net to use for *‘tenna-quoit** or **deck tennis*’ will be quite large enough. Great care should be taken to see that the netting is evenly done and that the cord used is strong.

Cross-stitch, is quite easy to do a cross-slitch on canvas, but you should realise that there is more in the test than this. For instance, the choice of size, shape, colours and patterns is of importance, and you should make your own choice in all these particulars. Apart from usefulness, it is the colour and the pattern that make the design.

,Rug or maf.— Here again it is necessary to warn you against being too ambitious, and so starting o£F to make a large rug. That will prove a very long and tiring 30b. Given the right tool, a rug on canvas is easy to make so far as the actions to be done are concerned, but we have also to remember that the choice of colour and design enters into the question again. A rug made on hessian usually entails tagging pieces of cloth, etc., on to the hessian. It may be possible for you to combine with another fellow and make a rug between you of a larger size than each of you could do apart.

Darning, ---'We don’t expect you to be able to do “invisible mending,” but you should be able to darn a hole in your jersey and stockings neatly. Naturally you will choose wool of the same colour for the job, and will work as carefully as you can in the way you have been shown. There is no good rushing a job like this. “Softlee, softlee catchee monkey,” as I am always telling the Scouts. It would be great, though, if you could look after and mend your Cub uniform all by yourself, instead of having to get someone else to do it for you.

Mending a iear.— This is perhaps the most useful thing we can learn. Being healthy and active animals, we are always tearing our clothes on bushes and trees and so on, and making nuisances of ourselves by asking other people to mend them for us. Let us do our own mending in future. If we start off with this intention we shall soon find that we have to be neat and careful about it, otherwise the tear will break out again, and the rent will be worse than it was before.

Washing and Ironing,^ Any Cub likes to fee! that he is a handy- man, and now I am going to tell you how^ to do the simple but necessary job of washing and ironing your scarf.

188

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

Fetch a basin and fill it with water as hot as you can put your hands into comfortably ; then if you have any soap flakes, throw in two handfuls (Cub size) and whisk it into a lather with your fingers. Take your scarf; open it out, and put it into the water. When it is well soaked, rub the material between your fists in the soapy water, until you have been all over the scarf. If you have no soap flakes, rub it with a cake of common (not scented) soap.

Bring it out of the water every now and then and hold it up to be sure that you have not missed cOiy part, and have got out a!! the dirty marks. When it is clean, take it out of the 'water and squeeze it as free from soap as possible. ^

Empty the basin and fill it again with clean cold water. Rinse your scarf in this, shaking it about well to get out all the soap. This done, gather up the scarf and twist it between both hands to get it as dry as possible. (Of course if you have a wringer you would put it through that.)

Peg out the scarf on a line, preferably out of doors, and leave it to dry.

Now we come to the ironing. You may begin your preparations for ironing as soon as your scarf is dry enough. It should fee! very damp, but not wet.

If you have an ironing board, get it ready. If you have not, spread a piece of blanket over one end of a table and cover the blanket with an old clean piece of sheet or a clean towel. Pei haps you are lucky enough to have an electric iron; if so I do not need to tel! you how to heat it— but remember, whatever you do, you must switch off the current once your iron is really hot. It will keep hot long enough to iron a scarf, and if you do not switch it off then, you are not only wasting electricity but you may go away when you have finished and forget that you have left it on. Many bad burns have come about in this way.

If you have ordinary irons, use two irons if possible (the second will be heating while you are using the first). Put them on the stove, or over a lighted gas ring. Don’t forget to have an iron holder or an old duster handy, for the handle of the iron will be very hot when you lift it off. While your iron is heating, fetch the scarf and spread it over the ironing board or table. Put the iron stand, or a large flat iron weight, at one side of the table ready for the iron to stand on, for you must not leave the Hot iron on the sheet or you will burn it. Now test your iron by holding it very carefully an inch away from your cheek. If you can fee!

BASKET-MAKING

189

the heat, it should be ready. You can now start ironmg with an electric iron, but with an ordinary iron, you must either put on an ironing shoe, or else you should rub the iron hard over a piece of clean cloth or white paper to remove any dirt that may be on the bottom of the iron. You are now ready. Put your iron on one point of the scarf and run it with long even strokes up and down and across, steadying the material with your left hand. You will have to put the iron down now and then to rearrange the materia], but do not forget to put ii on the stand as I have told you.

When the scarf is free from creases, you may hang it up again for a little while to air it and ensure that it is quite dry before you put it on.

Basket-making.— Some of you will already have learnt to make baskets in school, and so you will not want to repeat what you do there. But you will find it very interesting making baskets in similar ways from rushes or twigs. This is not at all a bad thing to do during a wet day in camp, for instance. Willow, lilac and poplar twigs make good baskets. You have to be particu- larly careful to see that the basket is neatly finished off, and the handles put on firmly. If you make a small basket of rushes or twigs and line it with moss, you will find that it will make a very safe egg-basket. You can also line one of these bsiskets with moss, fill it with earth, and plant a small fern in it to take home.

fVeavfng.—RaSa is nice stuff to work with. It comes usually from palm trees that grow in Madagascar and can be dyed all kinds of bright colours. You could even dye the ordinary straw- coloured stuff for yourself with “Twink’’ or some other patent dye. There are lots of useful articles that can be made of raffia, mats, tea-pot stands, baskets, and so on. Weave the raffia as evenly as you can, and make your own choice of colours.

Usefulness. — Now you can easily see for yourselves that all these Homecraft tests give you opportunities of being useful to <^her people at home by helping yourself* Stick to it, therefore.

CHAPTER VII TOYMAKER Group II

Hints to Cubs on Toymaking

Materials, — Every Cut can collect odds and ends for himself* The best way is to get two or three cardboard shoe-boxes and divide them into sections. This is done with any old piece of cardboard and a little glue. The size of the sections will depend on what you intend to put into them. Things which you can set out to collect are: match-boxes, fir-cones, clothes pegs, horse chestnuts, pea-nuts, match-slicks, corks, cotton reels, acorns,

Things you can make^

acorn-cups, odd beads, flat buttons, button moulds, wire, pins, and cardboard. These are placed in separate sections, and are thus to hand when required. One large box is not so good for storing purposes as several smaller ones; the things are sure to get jumbled up together and much time is wasted turning them out each time you want a pin.

Novelties, -- All sorts of wonderful birds can be made from fir-cones, with wire for legs and an acorn for a head. Sealing wax also makes a good head, and a piece at the end of the legs will hold the bird firm to a stand of cardboard. ' These birds can be used for calendars, menu-holders, pin trays, match-box holders, etc.

THE TOYMAKER BADGE

191

Thimble cases can be made from the two halves of a walnut shell fastened together with a piece of elastic and painted a bright colour.

A chair can be made from a horse chestnut, some pins, and raffia or wool to weave the back.

A candlestick from cotton reels, a meat skewer, and a thimble, is quite possible.

Three cotton reels, one small and two larger, of the variety with the round edges, can be so placed as to make an excellent doll. The small one for the head and the other two for the body; the arms and feet cut out from stiff paper or cardboard and glued on to the reels. The face marked out in ink, a button mould for the hat, and the whole painted a bright colour makes an acceptable toy. Animals may be made in the same way, with a reel for the body and legs, head and tail from cardboard.

The most folly little models can be made from match-slicks and a little glue or seccotine. They look belter if they are sand- papered before using.

Corks can be used in almost the same way as reels. They are very easily filed and sand-papered into the required shapes. Match-sticks make good legs for cork models.

Match-boxes make all kinds of furniture. Boot-buttons make handles for various pieces of furniture. Small carts can be made from match-boxes. Milk tops make wheels for these carts* Match-sticks will make an axle for the wheels and two beads will keep the wheels from coming away from the cart.

Larger toys , — For the second part of the badge, all sorts of larger boxes will be found useful.

A windmill can be made from a “Vim” tin, a skewer, a cotton reel, wire, pins, match-boxes, and paper.

Wheels can be made from a section sawn from a broom-handle.

An engine can be produced from a *‘Vim” tin, a cardboard box, two pill boxes, the bottom of a date box, two pieces of fiat stick, two cotton reels, and a piece of broom-handle.

The date box is again most useful in constructing a tram.

Old stockings, some wool, two white linen buttons, two boot buttons, and some pieces of bright material, make an excellent Gollywog doll

Boot boxes make splendid foundations for cottages, theatres, stations, churches, etc.

Mantle boxes make pillars, garden rollers, turrets, buffers, and steam rollers.

12 *

192

THE WOLP CUB'S HANDBOOK

From the little round cardboard boxes in which cheeses are packed it is possible to make a battledore, a clock, a roundabout, a drum, and a tambourine, A shuttlecock can be made from a cork and feathers.

Trees from dyed sponge, torn in pieces and seccotined on to a wooden meat skewer with a milk top as a base, will help in your jungle.

Genera/.— It is no good thinking you can win this badge by using again the model you made for your Second Star, or by any potty little article you have made. It is real good stuff you will have to turn out and it will take a good deal of patience and ability on your part before you can really succeed, but stick to it and practise time and time again and you are sure to succeed in making a toy in the end in which you yourself can take a pride and feel yourself to be a real craftsman.

CHAPTER Vill FIRST-AIDER

GROUP III

Note to Cubmasters

More useful than any practical knowledge will be a capacity to keep cool in an emergency. If the emergency occurs when he is in a crowd, a picture theatre, or other such place, a Cub should be taught, as far as possible, to keep quiet, to k^ep alert, and to obey directions from adults at once and without panic.

If he is alone or with other children and one of their number is hurt, he should again know first that he must k^ep calm; k^ep his patient warm and send for adult help,

First-Aid is an important and difficult subiect— difficult inas- much as it requires great care and precision, exactitude, and common sense (all unnatural attributes of the ordinary hoy!). The Ambu- lance Badge is one of the most important among the Scouts* Pro- ficiency Badges, but it is much too hard for the Cubs. The simple tests required of the Cub First- Aider will, however, teach the Cubs dmple arid practical helpfulness in very minor accidents, while Akcla, by means of stories9 **emergency* games, and pow- wows, should try to give the Cub that confidence that is of so much help in averting patic or muddle in unexpected siiuatiom.

Hints to Cubs

Every Cob will want to do his best to help somebody who is hurt, and in the next few pages you will learn how you can help in a few simple accidents.

The first thing to remember in any case of injury is to keep your head and not get excited. If the injury is slight, you may be able to deal with it, but in any case, if you are alone when something happens, do what you can as well and as quickly as

194

THE WOLF CUB'S HANDBOOK

you can. Cover your patient up to keep him warm; then get hold of someone else who is older and knows more about it, to lake the job on, and be ready to fetch and carry for him, take a message, or do anything else which may be asked of you.

A cut on the hand hr ^nee.— If anybody cuts his hand, and it is your job to render first-aid, there are two things to think about.

1 . If the cut is bleeding badly, that is, if the blood is pouring out in spurts, you must try at once to stop the bleeding. Make him sit down and tell him to hold his hand well up, towards his head, while you get a clean handkerchief or a clean piece of rag (we call this a dressing). Place this on the cut and bind it firmly with another handkerchief.

2. Usually the blood will not be spurting out, but just flowing gently, and then you will have more time to prepare a dressing and also to CLEAN the cut. Whenever the skin is cut, or even scratched, an opening is made into the body and dirt gets taken in. Now ‘‘dirt” here doesn’t mean what you generally call “dirt”— mud and dust; it means anything containing GERMS. Germs are living things so tiny that your eye can’t see them, but if they get into a cut they may poison it so that it festers and becomes really dangerous, ending, possibly, in the loss of a finger or a hand. The worst kind of germs are those that come out of earth— such as garden mould, or mud from the road. They may cause a terrible disease called lock-jaw, so great care must be taken if anyone gets a cut while gardening, for instance. But any dust or any soiled object may and does contain germs.

So before you bandage a cut you should try to get rid of any germs which have got in, by washing them out again, with WEirm water if it is handy, or with cold. There are some drugs— things you buy at a chemist’s— which may be put into the water in order to kill any germs you can’t wash ouk You will probably find some of them in the Scouts’ Ambulance Box, or your mother may keep them in a cupboard at home. The good ones have very long names. Permanganate of Potassium crystals (that’s a jaw-breaker I). Drop a few of these crystals into a basin of water to make it a beautiful purple , colour. Another is Carbolic Acid of which you use just a few drops. There may be a bottle marked Iodine Paint. This is very handy for small cuts ^ or scratches, because you don’t need any water with it. You just paint it over the cat It stings rather— but it makes the germs curl up.

FIRST-AID HINTS

195

Now you want the very cleanest thing you can think of to put next to the wound. The inside part of a clean folded hand- kerchief would probably be the best you could do, or if you haven*t got that the inside of a clean sheet of notepaper or the inside of an envelope. Having covered the cut with something of this kind, you should add padding— several handkerchiefs or pieces of rag. Then bind the whole thing up very firmly to stop the bleeding. You can do this with strips of rag, or a large folded handkerchief. Make the patient keep his hand raised, or better put it in a sling, which you can make from a scarf or comforter. Remember that your help is only First-Aid so take the patient to a grown-up person who will attend to the cut more thoroughly.

A graze, —A graze is a bad scrape which has taken the skin off, and is usually covered with dirt— grit off the road, and so on. It will not be bleeding much, as a rule. The treatment should be to wash it well with clean warm water to which permanganate, or iodine, has been added— soaking it till the dirt comes away, and clean it up with little swabs of wool or rag. When all the grit is removed cover the graze with a clean piece of rag. Bandage firmly, but not light enough to be uncomfortable.

Large Arm-sling, ’-There are a great many ways of applying the triangular bandage; when you become a Scout you will learn these.

The large arm-sling is used to support the forearm and hand. This is how you put it on.

Large arm-sling.

196

THE WOLF CUB*S HANDBOOK

Open out the triangular bandage, lay it across the patient's chest so that the point (see diagram) comes under the elbow of the injured arm. One of the ends will then be over the good shoulder. Take this end round the back of the neck and bring it forward over the shoulder on the injured side. Now carry the lower end up to the first and tie it in a reef knot so that the knot lies just in front of the shoulder.

(Before your knot is tied, see that your sling is drawn up so that your patients hand is slightly higher than his elbow.)

Now tidy the front of your sling by drawing any loose material towards the elbow; take hold of the point and bring it either in front or behind the elbow, and fasten it with a large safety-pin.

The points you must note are: —

(1) The knot tying the two ends should be in front of the shoulder. If it is tied at the back of the neck, the weight of the arm will press it into the neck and cause much discomfort.

(2) The finger-tips should just show outside the bandage.

Bleeding from the nose.— This does not usually do much harm or

prove dangerous. But it may sometimes refuse to stop, which means the patient losing a lot of blood. The old way of laying the patient down on the ground and leaving him alone isn’t good, as the blood merely trickles down inside his throat. This is the way to stop it. Sit the patient on a chair, in a draught, and tell him to lean his head well back and breathe entirely through his mouth. Place a cold sponge on his nose between the eyes, and another at the back of his neck. His feet may be put in very hot water, and he may be given ice to suck.

Putting out fire.— In the case of anyone’s clothes having caught fire, a Cub may be of great help by keeping his head and knowing exactly what to do, and doing it promptly. The best way to stop the flames is to get a big blanket, rug, overcoat, or anything thick) and wrap it all round the person, pressing it close to him and making him lie down. This will keep the air from reaching the flames and extinguish them at once. Water, of course, is the next best thing. If methylated spirit or paraffin has caught fire, sand is the best thing with which to put it out.

Burns.— A burn is very painful, as you probably know; but do you know that what causes the pain is the cold air touching the burned skin ? So what you have to do is to cover up the burned skin as quickly as you can, so that the air can’t get at it. The best

FIRST-AID PRACTICES

197

thing to use is a clean, handkerchief » some soft clean rags, or clean white paper; over that put some padding, and bandage up very gently.

Don’t try to wash the wound. If you are indoors it may be that mother will have some baking soda. Put two teaspoonfuls of this soda into a bowl of warm water and dip your clean rag into it Squeeze the rag out and lay it lightly over the burn. Put a pad of cotton-wool on a clean folded handkerchief on the top of the wet rag and bandage gently. If you have no bandage, wrap a towel round the part Now you have to remember that burns, being so painful, often make a person fee! queer and sick, and he can’t remain standing up. Make him sit or lie down, and if he gets queer, that is very white-faced, with skin all cold and clammy, it means that he will be suffering from shock* I told you for your Second Star (page 145) what you should do for this, so that you will remember to wrap your patient up warmly and go, or send someone^ to fetch a grown-up person as feist as you can.

Scalds are simply wet burns, usually caused by boiling water. Treat in the same way as for a burn, but be very, very gentle so that you don’t burst any blisters which may have risen.

Practices and Displays

A good way for Cubs to practise first-aid, and an attractive display, is to write a short, easy sketch, bringing in first-aid, and let them practise this.

For instance: Two rough little street hooligans (a popular part) are fighting. One has just knocked the other down, causing him to cut his hand on the stones and grazing his shin badly with a sav^e kick. A Six of Cubs come up, separate the combatants, and render first-aid.

Another form of display, suitable for rallies. A Six (or more) stand facing the audience, one triangular bandage at the feet of each Cub. The Sixer stands to the right, whistle in hand, and gives orders thus: “Alert! Large arm-sling. Ready!” [Every other Cub stoops and picks up the bandage and stands fast.] Leader gives a blast on whistle, and each Cub holding a bandage turns to the right and applies it to the Cub next him, and both turn smartly to the front and stand fast. When all are ready there is a pause for the audience to see the completed sling. Then the Leader gives the command: “As you were!” and the Cubs undo the slings and lay the bandages at their feet

CHAPTER IX

GUIDE

GROUP III Hints to Cubs

In order to earn the Guide Badge really well it is necessary for you to explore the neighbourhood of Pack Headquarters or your own home thoroughly. Don’t be content with learning the address at which the Doctor lives, for instance, but make sure that you yourself can . find the way there at any time of the day or night. It is no good just committing a list of names and addresses to memory so that you can say them off pat like a parrot; you yourself must know exactly where these places are and how to get to them. It is the same in regard to neighbouring towns or villages; you should know the right road to take to them, and, if possible, something about them.

Directing Strangers

If a stranger wants to be directed he is sure to look about him for a Scout or a Cub ; because he thinks a Scout or a Cub is sure to know the way; and he knows either will answer him promptly and politely, will direct him clearly, and will do it as if be liked doing it, with a smile and no idea of a reward.

If a stranger speaks to you don’t look shy, or startled, or sulky. Try, rather, to look pleased and bright; and listen carefully to what he says, so that, when he has done, you won’t have to look like a little idiot and say “WOT?” If he asks you the way to some place or house, think carefully, notice where you are, try and remember just where it is ; then try and remember my special landmarks he will pass on the way— such as the church, inn, station, or even pond, gate, or tree. Look at him straight and speak clearly and slowly, while you tell him exactly how to reach the place. Tell him about how long he will take to get there; and anything else you may think helpful to him. Call

HELP THE STRANGER

199

him “Sir” (or if it*s a lady, “Ma’am” or^ *^Miss *). If he ^offers you money, smile cheerfully and thank him, but say you^re a Wolf Cub, and only too glad to help, and never expect tips. When you leave him salute smartly.

You are quite likely to be asked the whereabouts of the nearest telephone-box, police station, etc. You should make a point of finding out exactly where all these places are, in order that you may tell him quite simply and clearly how to get there and how far away they are.

You should also know how to send for the police, and an ambulance, and the fire brigade, although you should never attempt to do so if there is a grown-up there to do it. The usual way to do this is by telephoning, which you have already learned to do for your Second Star (see page 127).

Akela will give you the special directions needed to summon help.

Bus Routes

People often want to know where they must stand to catch a certain bus.

If you live in the country, where buses are few, you should know where they will stop, and at what time; where they go, and how frequently they run.

If you live in the town, you should know the stopping places of at least four buses or trams, and know the route they take.

Games and Practices

A game by which Cubs may practise the art of directing strangers, and which will at the same time prove really a game, is as follows: —

Help the Stranger

The Pack squats round in a ring. The Cubmasler stands in the middle. “I am a poor old gentleman,” he says. “Pve come from London, and I don’t know my way about the village, or how to reach my destination. Will someone help me?” One of the Cubs steps forward, and salutes, saying: “Yes, sir!”

“Thank you,” says the Cubmaster. “I am now at -and

I want to get to ” (his supposed whereabouts, and the place

he wishes to get to, he whispers in the Cub’s ear, or tells him out of earshot of the rest). The Cub then commences to direct the stranger clemly. The Pack listens attentively, to try and discover from his direction (I) the point at which he is supposed to be

200

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

standing, (2) the destination of the stranger. As soon as the Cub has finished speaking, every Cub who knows the answer to these two questions stands up. The directing Cub then scores one point for each Cub who has understood him (showing his directions were clear), while the Cubmaster allows him two points for distinct speaking, two for politeness, and an extra one for any original piece of helpfulness the Cub has been able to show. Each Cub who knows the two correct answers scores two points. (The' scoring will be made much simpler if the Cubmaster has a bag of counters or beans, and gives one for each point gained. It sounds difficult to judge whether the standing Cubs have judged rightly, but it can be done by making them answer all together (so that they cannot copy each other) and trusting each Cub to play fair and sit down again if he was wrong.)

The conversation should sound something like this:

Cubmaster i ‘T am at and I want to get to .**

Cubi “You follow along this road, sir, for about a hundred yards. When you get to the girls* school you turn to the left, and go on down the street, passing a pond and the police^-station. This brings you to the level crossing- The gates may be shut, but you can get through the little gates all right You will then see the . church in front of you. When you get there you will see a stile opposite the churchyard gate. Get over this and follow the footpath for a quarter of a mile across the fields, and you will get to the place you want. Oh, and by the way, sir” (adds the Cub, so scoring his extra point), “there's a bull in the next field, so be careful to keep to the path."

(Eight Cubs have stood up, and are eager to show their knowledge and attention.)

“Thank you, my boy” (says the old gentleman from London), “I am most grateful for your help and clear directions. Good morning.”

“Good morning, sir!” replies the Cub, saluting.

“Now, you chaps,” says the Cubmaster, “where did I start from?— all together.”

“The station, sir I ” cry the eight Cubs, in one breath.

“Right And where am I going?”

“Willow Farm, sir!”

The directing Cub has scored thirteen points* Had he omitted to say “Sir” during the whole conversatiem, he would have lost one of his politeness points; and a point if he had mumbled

GUIDE PRACTICES

201

indistinctly, or giggled, or forgotten to salute. The Cubmaster may also improve the occasion by ending up with ‘‘Thank you, little boy, and here’s sixpence for yourself”— as a test of the Cub’s memory of Cub ideals. Or, ‘i suppose, nay young friend, you are a Boy Scout?” — to test the Cub’s ability to answer such a question. Or any other question that may occur to the Cubmaster’s fertile imagination.

^‘General Post** using the names of neighbouring towns, vil- lages, and localities, is a favourite game, and is useful in impressing local names on the Cubs’ minds. It will add to the excitement of the game if the various forms of postal delivery are indicated as follows:

A letter— walks,

A telegram— runs.

A parcel— crawls.

A postcard— hops -

Qncsf/ons,— When practice is being carried on, as to names of local places, directions, whereabouts of police-station, etc., questions on local history— the Cubs sitting round on the ground in a circle— it will be found that much more interest is taken if a counter is given for every correct answer.

JB/oc^s,— A good way of testing (and improving) the Cub’s bump of locality and knowledge of the relation of localities to each other is to have a set of wooden blocks (like children’s bricks), each initialled as follows: P.S. for police-station; M.G. motor garage; H. hospital, and so on. The Cubmaster then defines an area— the table, or a space on the ground. He places a large block as a central “landmark”— the church, or the Pack Headquarters— and leaves the Cub (or two Cubs working together) to place the blocks in their correct relation to each other and to the “landmark.” (N.B.—If the Pack is also working at makii^ models in cardboard, the Cubs might make models of the various houses and shops, to be used in place of the blocks, and gready add to the picturesqueness and fascination of the game.)

Short Cufs.— It is quite easy to secure a knowledge of short cuts by asking the Pack to give the quickest way between any two points in the neighbourhood. Some Cubs will favour certain short cuts as against others. It is a good plan for a Six or the Pack to along the different short cuts mentioned and time their journey very carefully on each so as to find out which is really the shortest.

202

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

The games suggested above are suitable for indoor training* But most of the training for this badge should, of course, be given out of doors; the various localities being verified, and then rendered familiar to the Cubs by such games as Despatch Running, etc.

A Knowledge of Local History.— The history of the parish (especially in small villages) may hold but little of interest, so it is as well to seek out some building or spot of historical interest in the neighbourhood— a Gothic church, a Roman tumulus, a mediaeval castle or ruin, or the site of a battlefield— and weave round this the romance of the past. It will fascinate the Cub and give him a new idea. It will tend to open his eyes (so apt to be near-sighted) to a great, unknown world— the glorious past. A Gothic church will give the Cubmaster an opportunity to give a short lesson in Church architecture and its changes and phases (I have known Scouts take great interest in this). The same with a castle or ruin— here regular British history will come to the fore; with room for a sketch of life in the days when this castle was"* of importance. Even little country towns, if one takes the trouble to look them up in country histories, are full of romance and strange tales and have their own quaint customs and particular interest.

If a short play (or even pageant) can be made out of the local history or legends, it will be excellent for the Cubs to act this, and will be a popular item at a display or winter entertainment. Acting delights the Cub; it is full of romance; true mn^e- believe, with the advantage of being organised by grown-ups, and with all sorts of fascinating costumes available! But besides the real pleasure it gives the Cub, the rehearsals and final public performance give him self-confidence ; teach him to speak distinctly; train his memory, and ask of him patience, self- control, and real effort. (See also p. 231.)

CHAPTER X HOUSE ORDERLY

Group III Hints to Cubs

Helping No one can tell a Cub bow to “help Mother*

—it IS a lesson only love can teach. Besides, different mothers like to be helped in different ways. Each mother, when she finds her boy is wanting to Do His Best about the house, will find him a job. So learn, first, to get a real wish to help Mother, and then let her see this. She will do the rest.

You will already have learned a good many ways of helping her in the house when you have been trying for the “Usefulness** part of the Two Star Test (see Bite 12), but there are one or two other ways in which you can help now that you are older and stronger.

Making Tea.— Anybody can make an ordinary old cup of tea, but very few people seem able to make a really good one. What you must do is to empty out the stale water from the kettle, and fill it again with fresh cold water from the tap. Put this on to boil. See that the tea-pot is clean and dry; warm it with a little hot water just before the kettle boils. Pul in a teaspoonful of tea for each person and one for the pot, if it is a small number- less than a spoonful each if it is a large number. Watch your kettle carefully, and the moment it boils— really boils, bubbling hard and sending steam out of the spout— add the water quickly to the tea-pot The best way to tell if a kettle is boiling is to hold a piece of stick or a spoon against the handle; if you feel this throbbing and vibrating like a miniature motor-car, you know at once that the water is boiling. Let the tea-pot stand for a few minutes near the fire and then pour out.

204

THE WOLF CUB'S HANDBOOK

Frying eggs. — Break your egg carefully into a cup. When the fat in the pan is boiling hard, slip the egg in gently, so that it does not break. Keep the boiling grease well round it with a knife, and if it sticks raise it with a knife, and let the grease get under. Don*t put too much fat in the pan; just enough to cover the bottom when it melts.

To poach an egg you break it into a cup, and then slip it very carefully into boiling water, take it out, strain the water off, and put it on toast. A drop or two of lemon added to the water will make the eggs set firmer.

Peelings boiling ^ and frying pof of oes. —The proper way to pee! potatoes is as follows. Wash the potatoes clean. Then scrape new potatoes and peel old potatoes fine, taking out the eyes with the point of a knife. Put each potato as you finish it into a bowl of clean water, where you can keep them till wanted. To boil potatoes; put new potatoes into cold water, with a little salt; old potatoes should be put into boiling water, with salt; boil until they feel tender, when you prick them with a fork. Strain the water oS, and stand the saucepan, with the lid half on, at the side of the stove for a few minutes. This dries the potatoes and makes them mealy. To fry potatoes: peel your potatoes and cut them into very thin slices. Dry well on a clean cloth as potatoes are always wet when cut. Heat some fat in a frying-pan and wait till the bubbling stops and you see a thin blue smoke. Put the* potatoes in at once. Be very careful not to let them burn. Keep turning them over until they are golden brown and nice and crisp. Cold, cooked potatoes can also be fried. Cut them into thick slices and cook the same way.

Washing up, — Washing up sounds simple and dull. But there is a light way of doing even dull things. You should have a clean basin or sink full of very hot clean water, w^ith a little soap or soda in it, a mop, and a clean dish-cloth. Always begin by wash- ing the cleanest things, spoons and forks, small plates, teacups, etc., then plates and knives, and lastly greasy dishes. Glasses should be washed in cold water and polished with a dry cloth.

Cleaning windows . the windows are very dirty get some whitening, and smear it well all over them with a wet cloth. When this IS dry, rub off with a dry cloth and polish with a leather. Another way is to wipe the windows well with a wet leather, and rub up with a dry leather. Don*t clean windows while the sun

HOUSE ORDERLY TESTS

205

is shining on them, as you can’t see if you have cleaned off all the smears or not.

Cleaning JrasstiJor^.— Put a very little cleaning polish, such as “Brassb” or “Globe” polish, on a rag and rub hard all over the brass. Then take a' cloth and polish it until it shines like gold. The less polish you use the better, as it sometimes leaves while marks in the cracks. Elbow-grease is best. If the brass is very dirty and stained, rub it all over with a cut lemon first before cleaning.

Sweeping a room.— Wash some tea- leaves well until no brown colour comes out. Squeeze them out and have them ready on a plate. Or you can soak a sheet of newspaper in water, squeeze it out and tear it into small pieces. Move the furniture out of the way and scatter the tea-leaves or paper over the floor, and sweep from the corners and sides to the centre of the room. The damp tea-leaves will collect the dust as you sweep and prevent its flying over the room. When you have all the dust swept into the middle of the floor it is quite easy to collect the heap into a dustpan with a small brush. Look out you leave no tea-leaves or paper behind.

Dusting a room.— Use a duster, not a dusting brush which only sweeps the dust somewhere else. Pick up the dust into the duster as you go and shake it out of the window constantly. Be very careful to go into every corner and dust the legs of the tables and chanrs as well as the tops. Dust all the ornaments and frames and what-nots as well as the furniture.

Scrubbing a fo We, — Never use soda for a wooden table as it darkens the wood. A good hard scrubbing brush and “Vim” or scrubbing soap, pl^^nty of water, and still more elbow-grease, and you’ll have a lovely white table. Mind yoU rinse off the dirty soapsuds and finish off with a dry cloth. Scrub with the grain of the wood, that is generally lengthways of the table.

Tests

A test and proof of whether the Cub is a good House Orderly will be the state of his Den at the Pack Headquarters. It should be a marvel of cleanliness and neatness. It should be the envy and despair of Scoutmasters— who will begin to wish the Scouts had a House Orderly Badge, to teach them all this, and give them a real keenness about orderly work.

206

THE WOLF CUB*S HANDBOOK

Another test will be the daily appearance of the Cubs' boots— not merely their splendour on special occasions!

And, most of all, if “Mother,” when she is called on by the Cubmaster, says " there is nothing in the world like the Cub Pack for making boys helpful and useful and polite.

These tests go on all the time, without examinations. But there will, of course, have to be examinations as well. So, Cubs, see that the examiner really enjoys the cup of teaf it wifi put him in a good temper to pass your brasswork and your windows and even your potatoes!

There is scarcely need to suggest any games by which Cubs may practise all this. One hears of children “playing at house.’* But Cubs don’t need to play at it— they are going to do it really* And it should prove more fascinating than any game.

CHAPTER X!

ATHLETE

Group IV

I HAVE already said scmelhing to you in the Tenth and Fourteenth Bites on the subject of keeping yourself healthy and strong. If you aim to be an athlete it will be necessary for you to follow up these hints I have already given you, and do what you can, by means of the exercises I have suggested, to make yourself thoroughly fit.

No one can be an athlete unless his heart, his lungs, his stomach, and his nerves are in really good condition.

The tests given for the Athlete Badge are different according to the Cub*s age, because it would be absurd to imagine that a boy of 9 can jump as high as a boy of 11, and yet we want the boy of 9 to go in for this badge, which will help his body to grow still bigger and stronger. If a Cub has won the badge when he was under 10 years of age, he is naturally expected to pass it again on the higher standard after his tenth birthday. That is only fair to other Cubs who hold the badge.

Running.— There is little need to give much in the way of advice in regard to training. The Cub will have to practise for himself, hut he should not try and run too fast or jump too high when he first starts or he is likely to strain himself. Learn to run on the toes, with the feet pointing straight forward, not turned out; to hold the body balanced above the feet; to keep the arms fairly close to the sides and not moving too much, and to keep the head up. Don t force the pace too much, but try to develop an easy stride which carries you along with the least possible exertion. Pay also special atiemicn to your breathing, and develop your lungs bj^^ practising deep breathing every morn'* ing and evening.

208

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

High Jump.— In practising for the high jump, adopt the style that comes easiest to you, whether it is a straight run, or one from the right or left It will be time enough later on to discard your natural style of jumping for one which will produce better results. Never rush at a high jump, take your run slowly and quietly, and spring off from your toes. You will soon learn ho\y far from the bar to take off. Be very careful to land on your toes on the far side, and to bend your knees outward as you land. If you just bend your knees any old how the chances are that you will crack your chin against them, and that hurts like the dickens especially if you happen to have your tongue between your teeth at the same time! Real athletes always keep their mouths closed as much as possible, and remember ' to think of their tongue and keep it well housed behind their teeth.

Long Jump.— It is best to get up a good speed before taking off for a long jump, but practise taking off as near to the mark as you can without over-stepping it. This is very difficult at first, but you ought to keep at it, without jumping hard, until you can take off from the right place at least five times out of six. Then learn to jump high, and not just straight along the ground. If you stick a branch in the ground four or five feet awajr from the 'take off, and make up your mind that you are going to jump over it, you will soon learn the trick.

Climbing a rope.— When leauning to climb a rope, start by grasping the rope with the right hand as high up as you can reach, place the left hand under the right, and then, hanging from both hands, bend your legs up as high as you can and grip the rope between the knees and more especially between the instep of one foot and the sole of the other. When you have a secure grip with the feet, bend the arms, pulling the body straight up alongside the rope. Then move the right hand as high up again as you can reach, and grip the rope hard with it Move the left hand up under the right and grip hard with both hands. You can then relax your grip with the feet, and lift them up to catch the rope again higher up as you did at first

In coming down the rope, never let it slide through your hands or it will burn the skin. Lower your body to the full extent of your arms, grip the rope with the knees and feet, lower the left hand till it is opposite your chest, follow it with the right Take a good grip with both hands, relax the grip with the feet,, and let them and your body slide slowly down the aope until you again have your arms fully stretched. Repeat

CLIMBING TREES

209

these motions every time until your feet touch the ground again.

Climbing trees.— In climbing a tree, the first point is to choose one which you are allowed to climb and which is suitable for the purpose; for instance, some, like the sycamore, will leave stains on your clothes, while others, like the oak, will give you easy foothold and resting places. Beware of dead branches and test each first before putting ail your weight on it. Remember that you should always be touching the tree at three points, either with both feet and one hand, or with both hands and one foot, on a branch or projection.

CHAPTER XII SWIMMER

Group IV

Note to Cubmasters

For your own protection as well as for that of your boys you must have a Life Saving Picket of two good swimmers always on duty while bathing is going on-^undressed, with overcoats on, in a boat or on the shore, ready at any moment to go to the rescue of anybody who may get into difficulties,

Baihng should not be permitted at all unless youknow the place is perfectly safe.

Many lives have been saved through these precautiom being the rule with the Boy Scouts.

(See Rule 331 of Policy, Organisation and Rules.)

A few remarks explaining the reason for the choice of the various tests may be useful

Swimrrnng.—’Twenty'^five yards is chosen as the distance, because if a boy can swim ten yards properly a few days practice will enable him to swim twenty-five yards and more. If he can only struggle across ten yards of water he cant swim !

Floating. --Very easy and quite useful A great help in giving balance in the water. Practising for this test will help the Cub no end towards the actual swimming test; but as floating is rather dull the boys often neglect it, and struggle at swimming before they have learnt balance in the water.

Swimming on back^ — This is not so very difficult after the Cab has learnt to float; adds interest and variety to his swimming and is important in view of Rescue work when he becomes c^Scout,

Ducks Diving. — Tfusis not really difficut, like diving from (he side of the bath, fVhen a Cub has learnt to dive he will have con^

HINTS .ON SWIMMING

211

quered all of the water, and the absurd fear of going under

which so many boys k^ep for years.

Honey Pot.— This requires np skill— only a little **spunk** which many Cubs {and Scouts) lack in the water. If a Cub hasrit enough grit to ‘*honey pot/* he doesn't deserve a swimmer's badge!

There is a huge moral discipline in these tests. A funky little Cub will have advanced a big step and conquered himself in a large measure when he has dared to perform a honey pot or learnt to dive!

Hints to Cubs

The first thing to learn is to have confidence— not to be afraid of the water. Don't imagine you’re going to drown if you happen to go under— it takes a lot to drown anybody! When you learn to dive you will find the hard thing to do is to sink and k^ep under —and that you are always popping up like an indiarubber ball, if you happen to swallow a little water, never mind— it’s not poison. Don’t cling to people who are leaching you to swim, as if you were a little drowning rat Pretend you’re a fish. Once you are “at home” in the water, half the battle is w'on.

Floating. --The next thing to learn is balance in the water— how to k^ep up. So start by learning to Scat To do this just let yourself lie comfortably in the water— as if you were in bed— with your head right back till your ears are under. Your toes should just peep out of the water. Don’t stiffen yourself as if you were a little bit of board ; balance yourself comfortably, and keep your head well back— it*s much harder to float if you keep yours ears out. Practise floating, because in your test you wifi have to keep it up for a whole minute in the sea or for half a minute in fresh water.

Swimming, — Uon^ start trying to swim till you can float. Once you know how to keep up and balance you will not find swimming hard, if you really try and remember the few hints I am going to give you now.

I. Don’t struggle and work hard, and swim at a great pace as if you were trying to win a race. T^at won t keep you up. Take long, slow, gentle strokes, shooting your arms out in front of you evenly, then bring them outwards as if you were pushing the water aw'ay with your open hands. This movement will bring your elbows back to your sides. Then shoot your arms forward again, and so on. Some boys find it easier at first

212 THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

to swim like a dog. I learnt that way, and it is very usual among Australian boys.

2. Don’t kick v/ith your legs just any old how. Remember the way you have seen a frog swim, and do just exactly what he does with his legs. And keep your legs down, well under the water. Your feet should make no splash above the surface.

3. Don’t hold your breath and look as if you were going to burst at any moment. No one could swim doing that. And don’t puff and blow like an old broken-winded horse, just breathe sloMdy and evenly, always keepihg your lungs full, as this makes you buoyant, like an air- ball. A good swimmer can talk or smg or whistle while he swims.

4. Don’t use water wings. They stop you learning to k^ep up by your own effort, and they make you balance wrong. You are much more likely to tip up or topple over suddenly and get an unexpected ducking than if you learn without them.

5. Don’t try and keep up long at first. Two good strokes and then a toe on the bottom and another try is better than ten hurried^ struggling strokes ending, as likely as not, in a ducking and much spluttering! Practise your arm strokes smoothly and slowly, keeping one toe on the bottom till you feel confident enough to raise it, and try and swim a few strokes.

If you follow these rules carefully and someone helps you a little at first, by holding you up and giving you confidence, it ought not to be long before you can swim. But remember it means sticking to it and Doing Your Best.

Dac^^s Diving. -^This is really quite easy, though it may sound hard. It is not difficult, like diving from a board as a Scout has to do. It is called “Duck’s diving,” because you have to do exactly what a duck does when it dives. So, if you get a chance, watch the ducks, and then you will know just how to do it In case you haven’t any ducks handy to learn from, here are a few hints,

1. To begin with, don’t be in a funk. Believe me, it’s awfully nice under the water, especially if you keep your eyes open, when everything looks a beautiful pale green and full of thousands of bubbles. Make up your mind to like it, and try to feel like a duck or a fish.

2. Stand in water up to your arm- pits. Take a big breath, tuck your head down, 6hin on chest, shove your head into the water, at the same moment kicking up your legs (they should really

BATHING RULES

213

come up out of the water behind you). Make an effort to get to the bottom with your hands: touch it if you can. Then point your hands up, give a kick with your legs, and there you are up again. Remember your head is bound to come up, and your feet are bound to reach the bottom again firmly, so there is nothing to be afraid of. Be sure and keep your eyes open, it makes ali the difference.

Honey If you find diving beats you— and it won’t if

you follow what I’ve told you and Do Your Best— you can try a “honey pot” to pass your test. This anyone can do, because it is not a matter of skill, but simply of pluck— and no Cub is going to own he hasn’t got pluck! All you have to do is to take a big jump off the side, bend up your knees and clasp your arms round them. See hov/ far you can get and how big a splash you can make! If you take a good long run along a spring-board (or even from the side) you will be able to get a long way. But of course a simple “honey pot” from the side of the bath or out of a boat will pass you in the test. A Cub who passes this test proves he is no funk, but a sportsman, and deserves the swimmer’s badge.

Just a few words of advice about your bathing.

Remember to obey your Cubmaster implicitly, as to when and where you bathe.

Don’t swim out of your depth in the sea unless you are with your Cubmaster, or a Scout who can swim well.

Don’t stay in until you are cold and blue and shivering, as it may give you cramp.

Don’t bathe after a meal for at least an hour and a half or two hours, otherwise you are very likely to get cramp in the stomach or limbs. This doubles you up and you cannot swim. Lots of boys get drowned every year for not following this advice.

Never try to duck or splash other Cubs while they are learning to swim or float, as it may spoil their confidence in the water. Remember how you would hate it if they did it to you!

Remember that you are bathing in order to learn to swim, or to improve your swimming, and don’t be tempted to play about all the time with the younger Cubs, who are not trying to earn their swimmer’s badge.

CHAPTER XIII TEAM PLAYER Group IV

Mote to Cubm asters [See also Note on Games in Part IIL]

In deciding what qualifies a Cab foy his Team Player s Badge,

^ We lay stress on his personal behaviour daring the game.

Anybody who has had much to do with boys {and even older lads') must have noticed the terrible habit of some of arguing and cavilling while playing team games. It ends in destroying the spirit of play and even in '^rowsT This tendency should be treated Very severely by Cubmasters; and also the tendencies not always to play quite fair and to show bad temoer when beaten. It is these last two faults that really give rise to all the arguments. After two or three definite warnings the Cub should be ordered off.*^ He will very soon learn the proper spirit of play. A proper severity about argu^ ing, bad temper, etc., will promote discipline, instant obedience, and self-control

Another matter to which Cubmasters should pay attention is the lack, of self-control and pluck among many of ihe boys when they get hurt in games. Cubmasters should expect and encourage a show of the Spartan spirit Stoicism Will be quite a new idea to the Cubs-^but an excellent one! ** Death agonies'^ on the field, and going off in tears, should not be allowed. Starting early to inculcate the Spartan spirit into the boys, as it is possible to do with Cubs, should maks all the difference.

The Cubs should that if a hoy faints or is tak^n ill {as

they sometimes are on occasions lik^ Rallies) they should not get excited, but carry on as usual, and leave the Cubmaster as free as possible to look after the boy.

Any grievous demonstrations of agony on the part of a hoy who has got a hack on the shin or such other injury incidental to the game

SELF-CARE

215

should he suppressed by chaff provided, of course, the injury is quite slight

We have an excellent opportunity through this badge of training hoys in^manliness, so lei as make the best possible use of it.

Hints to Cubs Self-Care

If you want to be a good footballer or hockey-player, or team- player of any sort, you will have to look after yourself quite a lot all day, and not just when you are playing on the field. If you have not seen to it that you have a good wind you will find your- self puffing and blowing like an old cab-horse, while the enemy” dashes off towards your goal with the ball. If you have not done your best to make yourself strong and healthy, you will find that your legs ache, you get tired out, and, in fact, that you*re no good at all, compared with boys who have been more sensible and looked after themselves.

And what is it that causes you to be short-winded, small, weak, easily tired, and so on?

Here are the commonest causes: eating unwholesome food, and bolting it in a hurry; not taking regular ejtercise ; a lazy way of walking and sitting; doing silly things, like eating green apples; going to bed late; and sleeping with closed windows.

Once you know what makes you a bad team-player it is not so very hard to remedy it. You will find all about how to make yourself strong, healthy and big in Bites 10 and 14. Follow out the instructions you find there— perform the exercises every morning; eat good food and chew it well, instead of making a little pig of yourself with bulFs-eyes and toffee; go to bed early and get up early, and sleep wdth the windows open. If you do your best at all this, you will find you can play games ten times as well.

Team Playing

Football, Hockey, and Rounders are the chief games by means of which Cubs will try to obtain their Team-Player’s badge.

So, first of all a few hints on FOOTBALL, and on the chief branch played by Cubs: ‘*SOCCER.”

The first thing is to learn to kick properly, A good player never kicks with the end of his toe unless he is taking a place- kick; always with the instep! If you naturally kick with your

216

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

right foot, learn to kick with your left also; this is quite easy if you alwciys try to do so whenever the ball comes to your left foot

Next, you must learn to shoot. Never shoot aim at goal) with the toe-end even from a place-kick! Remember that unless you take the free-kicks for your team you never have the chance of placing the ball just as you like it, and then taking a run for your shot!

So don’t waste time doing that when you are “shooting-in,” but always practise shooting while you are running, and always with the ball on the move, A good tip is to imagine the word “Low” ringing in your ears just as you are about to shoot, for it is harder for many boys to keep the ball down below the cross-bar than to send it between the uprights.

Whatever position you play you ought to learn how to “dribble”, if you are a forward you must learn to dribble well. Don’t kick the ball past your opponent and run! That is the “kick and rush” game; and even a fast sprinter is easily held if he can’t do anything else. The GREAT RULE is Try to k^ep the hall as close as possible to your toe while you are running; if an opponent comes in your way it is then quite easy to touch the ball slightly to one side and continue to run.

Choosing your pos/fion.— If you have the opportunity of choosing your position in a team, these hints will help you to make the best choice; but always remember that an occasional game in a totally different position makes you a better all-round footballer, and through it you may discover that you are really better in a new position.

A Forward must be able (!) to dribble well; (2) to shoot hard and true ; he is generally light in weight.

A Half-bacI^ should be (I) a good tackier, good at “getting in the way”— of an opponent, of course; (2) a fairly good dribbler; (3) able to use his brains when on the field, so as to pass to his forwards properly ; (4) long-winded.

If you think you are not specially suited for any of the other lines, try half-back.

A Full-bac^ should be (I) a good and fearless tackier; (2) a strong kick. He is generally, but not always, a heavy boy for his age. If you are not much good at football, but are rather tail, try your hand as Goalkeeper; you are bound to improve with practice, and may be able to use your hands better than you can use your feet

SPORTSMANSHIP

217

Combination. — You are not much use in a team if you cannot pass properly. Whatever your position, remember that you are not the only player on your side, but are, so to speak, part of a machine, and when the ball leaves you, see that it goes to one of your own side ; a selfish player is always a hindrance to his own team and an advantage to his opponents. If you are a good dribbler you will be a useful forward UNLESS you always tiy to get the ball past a defender by dribbling and never by passing to an ‘unmarked*’ man on your own side; for if your opponent knows that you always dribble and never pass he will go straight in and tackle you, but if he knows that you are just as likely to pass as to dribble, it makes him hesitate, and you are very much more likely to beat him.

Sportsmanship

Capfa/n.— Always do cheerfully and immediately whatever your captain tells you to do. Never “grouse” at him or about him; and if he blows you up for not playing as he expects you to, remember that it is part of his duty to do so, just as much as it is for him to say “Bad luck 1 ” or “ Jolly good shot I ” if you are playing well. The captain who never says a word to you when you continually make a hash of good and easy things may be an awfully nice chap, but he is a poor captain.

Temper.— A sportsman always keeps bis temper under the most exciting and provoking circumstances. Our British games are good for you, not only physically but morally, for if you play them in a clean sportsmanlike manner they develop self-control. However great the odds against you, never give up until the game is ended, as there is a chance of pulling it out of the fire until the last minute has gone. In all games— not only in football— you must learn not to be" upset or bad-tempered if you lose. Try your best throughout the game, but never say or even allow your- self to think “The other side won, but we were the better team 1 “ This does sometimes happen, as there is a certain amount of luck in all games, but a good sportsman takes losses without grousing or worrying, and, when beaten, is always ready to give the victor the credit due to him.

If you are the captain see that your team gives the opponents a hearty cheer at the end of the match, and if you are not captain and your team does not do this, just suggest it to him; perhaps he has not thought of it

Referee (or t/mp/re).— Never critcise the referee’s decisions.

218

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

Every referee makes mistakes; in fact, every human being does; why, even a Cub makes mistakes sometimes! So if you feel a grudge against a referee, try to referee one or two games yourself, and you will scon sympathise with him in his task.

Rounders

With regard to sportsmanship the hints given for Football hold good.

Here is a plan of a Rounders field.

B stands for the members of ike Bailing side* F stands for the members of the Fielding side.

There are generally nine players in each team. The bases have to be well marked and you have to run round the outside of the marker.

Baiiing,—The members of the team who are waiting to bat stana in a line between the fourth base and the batting base. When it is your turn to bat, you must hold on to the rounder stick very tightly because if you let go just as you W'ere giving a mighty swipe it might hurt one of the fielderg very severely.

Then watch the ball all the time it is coming towards you, keep your eye on it and think of nothing except hitting it

HOCKEY

219

It is generally rather dangerous to hit the ball high up into the air as you will be caught unless you are quite sure you can hit it right away beyond the fielders.

If you should hit it behind the batting base you won’t be allowed to run past the first base. You have the choice of three balls, but must run at the third. When you get to a base you have to touch it or you may be put out. Only one person can be in a base at a time.

A roundel is scored whenever a player manages to reach the fourth base without being put out or the ball getting back to the bowler’s hands

fVe/ding. — This part of the game is generally despised by young boys, but never by really good players. To many of the latter it is the most enjoyable part of the game; if you enjoy only batting or bowling, you will very often have bad luck in a match, and will then not enjoy the game; but if you like fielding, then you are sure of an enjoyable game every time you play.

Whenever you have the chance get someone to throw you catches, long, high ones, and short, hot ones, until you can ‘‘hold” almost anything that comes your way; also get someone to throw the ball hard along the ground to you for you to field, and im- mediately return it to him overhand (but don’t practise this except on a level ground, as other turf is too uneven!).

To put a person out you have to catch a ‘*hit’* or touch a base with the bail in your hand before the runner reaches it, A ball

is not “dead” when a player is put out, but can be used to put

out anyone else who may be out of a base.

Bowiing, ^The bowler has always to keep at least one foot in. his base. A “no ball” is one higher than the shoulder or lower than the knee, and if you bowl three of them, one after the other, your oppcnents count half a rounder.

(There are several varieties of Rounders— the American “Baseball ’ is one of them, so get to know of them and try them in your Pack.)

Hockey

Here, again, the words on Sportsmanship are the same as those given under “FOOTBALL.” The general idea of the play is very similar to football, using the stick much as a cricket bat. For this reason most good footballers' with a little practice soon become at least useful hockey players. As at football kicking a ball about is bound to improve your play, so at hockey your stick-

220

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

work will improve if you practise running with the ball close to your stick. Dont ^noc^ the ball ahead and tun after it when you are dribbling! That is the same as “kick and rush” in football. It will improve your dribbling if you practise tapping the ball across your body to your left side and returning it to your right with your stick reversed, repeating the process several times. This develops your control of the ball.

Practise “bullying” smartly; there is an art in it, and a good man can win a “bully” almost every time he meets an ordinary “bullier.”

PART Ilf

OBJECTS AND METHODS OF WOLF CUB TRAINING

Hints for Cubm asters

D0N*T be frightened by the length of these Hints ; they are only intended to be suggestive or helpful to beginners.

Object of the Wolf Cub Training

Our object in taking up the training of the Wolf Cubs is not merely to devise a pleasant pastime for the Cubmasters or for the boys, but to improve the efficiency of the future citizens of our Empire.

The past training of these has not proved adequate for the requirements of to-day, since the taxpayers’ bill' for educating the children to become efficient citizens is only exceeded by the bill he has to pay for police, prisons, poor relief, etc., owing to their failure to respond to such training.

If the training is not good enough for to-day, much less is it good enough for to-morrow» and it is to to-morrow that we must look forward.

Character is acknowledged to be of greater importance than mere book instruction for citizen efficiency. And yet no practical scheme exists for its inclusion m education to even an equivalent extent

Efficiency has been defined as **being gaugable by the amount of surpervision that a man needs” (Robert L Meadows). But this, of course, applies only to the extent of moral efficiency, whereas physical efficiency is also of the highest value in complet- ing the citizen efficiency of a man.

Physical health and how to develop it should be as much a part of education as scholarly, scientific, or technical attainments.

The thousands of hours and the lens of thousands of pounds

222

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

that are lost annually through strikes or lock-outs are as nothing compared with the tens of thousands of hours and the hundreds of thousands of pounds that are lost through preventable physical inefficiency and ili-health.

Our training of the Cubs therefore is directed to these two main ends as shown diagrammatically at the beginning of Part 11.

It is done at the most important time of their lives, when they are most mouldable both in body and in mind to receive the right directions.

With a foundation laid thus early we may hope that the subse- quent structure may be .all the more satisfactory, especially since it forms part of a progressive system to be continued and main- tained during the period of his Boys Scout training, so that when he comes to years of discretion, health-athleticism, coupled with character, will be the habit of the majority rather than the accomplishment of the few.

The Wolf Cub Pack is designed to be a Junior Branch of the Scout Movement in order to meet the eagerness of a large number of small boys who want to be Scouts and who are as yet too young.

It doesn’t do to put them to the same task and tests as the older boys, especially in the company of the older boys, as they are likely to overdo themselves in the effort to keep up to the mark. At the same time the older boys on their part do not care to mix with ^*kids’' in their pursuits. It is for every reason better to keep the two apart

Cub training is different from but a step towards that of the Scouts.

No boy’s character is firmly set at eleven or twelve years of age, and Cubmasters must realise that unless the work of the Pack really leafds to that of the Troop they are, to a large extent, failing their boys. It is possible for a boy to lose, in a very short lime, much of the good he has gained by being a Cub if the work IS not carried on until he is old enough to choose good from evil.

A normal W^olf Cub Pack is not a separate organisation, but part of a Scout Group. The Cubmaster should work in close co- operation with the Scouters, the Scouts, and the Rover Scouts. He should make it plain to every new boy and to every new boy’s parents that the Pack is only an “anti-room” to the Scouts and he should always keep the ideal of a “better Scout” before the Cubs.

At the head of the Group there is the Group Scoutmaster who exercises general supervision over all sections of the Group

CUB METHODS

223

but delegates the detailed responsibility for the management of each section to the Scouter in charge of it The Cubmaster is thus responsible to the Group Scoutmaster for the conduct and management of the Pack. He will be a member of the Group Council, consisting of all the warranted Scouters of the Group, whose task is to direct the general policy of the Group as a whole.

The Cub Law and Promise are naturally more simple than those of the Scout— it would not he right* to ask the younger boys to undertake duties and promises which they could neither grasp nor carry out, Cubmasters should of course, teach their boys in a simple and practical manner and in consultation with their Chaplain what is meant by their Promise of “Duty to God” (see also Religious Policy quoted on page 239), and should give what other religious and moral instruction they think necessary to prepare the Cub for becoming a good Scout.

Method. --0\xt method of training is to educate from within rather than to instruct from without; to offer games and activities which, while being attractive to the small boy, will seriously educate him morally, mentally, and physically.

Our aim, as Fisher wrote^ is to promote “not so much the acquisition of knowledge as the desire and capacity for acquiring knowledge.”

In other words, the Cubmaster’s job is to enthuse the boy in the right direction. By acting on this principle he will save him- self considerable trouble in reaching his goal and in producing a smart Pack of keen and capable boys.

It is the means by which the modern schoolmaster scores over his more old-fashioned brother, since he develops a boy to be efficient rather than scholarly, to have character rather than erudition— and that is what counts towards success in life nowadays.

By “efficiency” I don’t mean mere money-making skill, but a general intelligence and capability to live a free, prosperous and happy life.

To preach “don’t” is to incite the doing of wrong. Rather infuse the right spirit; as powder is to the shot so is spirit to action.

Direct moral instruction — like driB — produces a pleasing veneer, but unless there is properly seasoned character below this will not stand wear.

Lord Moriey has said: “It is well known to the wise, but an everlasting puzzle to the foolish, that direct inculcation of morals

14 *

224

THE WOLF CUB'S HANDBOOK

should invariably prove so powerless an instrument so futile a method.”

Wise old Plato long ago gave us the right lead in education, and one which only now is beginning to be followed, when he said that there was innate good in every child, and the aim of education should be to develop thes^ natural ‘‘instincts of virtue” through suitable practices. Here is no mention of reading, writing, and 'rithmetic as essentials, but of enlarging the natural instincts, character by practices, not merely by precepts.

The average boy (if there is such a thing as an average boy) does not want to sit down and passively receive theoretical in- struction. He wants to be up and actually doing things in prac- tice, and this is a good lever to work upon if only the teacher will recognise it as the instrument ready to his hand.

Your first step then is to study the boy himself; to recognise his likes and dislikes, his good qualities and his bad, and to direct his training on these.

The Attitude of the Cubm aster

There are two fundamental points to be considered in dealing with the Cubs. The first is that the only man who can hope for real success^ as a trainer of Cubs is the one who can be their “elder brother.” The “commanding officer” is no good, and the “schoolmaster” is doomed to failure (though probably in neither case would the man rec<^nise it himself, or admit it). This fact is being proved daily by the successful results already obtained by our Cubmasters, many of whom, of course, are ladies.

By the term “elder brother” I mean one who can place him- self on terras of comradeship with his boys, entering into their games and laughter himself, thereby winning their confidence and putting himself into that position which is essential for teaching, namely— where, by his own example, he leads them in the right direction instead of being a finger-post, often too high above their heads, merely pointing the way.

But do not misunderstand me and imagine that I ask the Cubmaster to be “soft” and “namby pamby.” Far otherwise; comradeship necessitates firmness and straightness if it is to be erf lasting value.

The Make-up of the Cub

The second item to recognise, although it is of first importance, is that the boy of eight to ten is in every way quite different

BOYHOOD’S PHASES

225

from the boy of eleven to fifteen. I don^t mean that the change comes about with a bang in the tenth year, but the younger boy is growing relatively, in mind and body, more rapidly than the elder one, and the transition gradually comes about approxi- mately at those ages in the average boy.

Boyhood^ s Phases i

6 to 8— Dramatic instinct and make-believe.

8 to 1 1 —Self-assertive individuality and rivalry,

1 1 to 15— Hero worship and co-operative loyalty.

It may be taken for granted that boys of Cub age have the following propensities, namely— to lie, to be selfish, to be cruel, and to be bombastic or pharisaical; but it must be at once recognised that these attributes are not born of malicious design, they are rather the natural outcome of the peculiar attitude of mind at that age. It has to be recognised that while the elder boy— he of Scout age— is full of hero-worship and eagerness to work in a gang under a good Leader and in competition with other gangs, especially in chivalrous service, the younger boy, just emerging from the chrysalis of childhood, is more of an individual, feeling his feet, as it were, more self-centred, for the first time finding himself able to do things, anxious to do things himself and to make things, and the moment that 4e achieves a step of any kind he is prone to **show off,**

He is only just out of the age of toys, and is still very much in the land of make-believe. He is eager to have, but not to ^ive. He is at the most mouldable period of his life.

Thus there are many seeds of evil beginning to sprout into pliant tendrils ready to trail off in wrong directions, but easily taken in Hand and trained aright

The question which troubles many of us is, how can this best be done?

It is evident that the Cubmaster must be quick to reco^ise the evil points where ihqy show themselves. The very usual process on the part of parents who have forgotten their childhood is at once to repress such propensities in the rare cases where they have been smart enough to recognise them; but repression is the very worst possible line to take. It is the cutting of shoots which makes them branch out into more devious growths; it tends to make the boy to lie more cunningly to secrete his selfishness, and to put a better gloss on. bis hypocrisy.

226 THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

The qualities shown at these three stages may be summarised as follows:—

Up to 8 years. 8 to 1 1 . * Over 1 1 .

DRAMATIC. PERSONAL RIVALR\. CO-OPERATION.

Dawning con- Individuality Constructiveness

structiveness Constructiveness Inventiveness

Make-believe Inquisitiveness Team games

Fairy stories, etc. Eagerness for new Games with rules. Extravagant experiences Discipline

humour Absorption in new Hero-worship

games Romance

Collecting stamps. Adventure

scraps, etc. Active virtues

Romping, rowdy games Sensitiveness Restlessness, mental Dawning conscience.

Restlessness, physical etc.

Cruelty Sense of pathos

Thoughtlessness Sense of humour

Fondness of showing Sense of sympathy off

Brave deed stories

Little bo 3 ^ are apt to bombast and hence to lie without any really vicious intent, but it is well to cure this habit in its early stages lest worse befall.

To cure lying it is well, when you nail a lie, not to abuse the boy for it, but merely to show that you are not taken in by it. Contempt will conquer some boys, and ridicule is pretty certain to cure others. Whenever he tries to lie again, some mild chaff to show him that the first lie is not forgotten will probably have a very wholesome effect. But, on the other hand, you have to be at pains to show that past misdeeds are not continually remem- bered against him, but that you trust him and have faith in him to conquer these signs of weakness.

Selflessness can be taught in a practical way by getting boys to give things away to others.

A youngster cannot naturally keep still for ten minutes— much less for hours as is sometimes expected of him in school.

We have to remember that he is suffering from the “growing itch,” both mentally and physically. The best cure is to change the subject, let him out for a run, or for a war dance.

For his athletics do not be content to let him merely run about

BOYHOOD*S PHASES

227

doing things, but help him with advice and, if you are not too fat, with example, how

To run To vault

To jump To bowl

To throw To catch, etc.

These are really better for him physically and mentally than even Swedish Drill, as they are direct preparation for practical work in games, etc., while they are equally good in developing his organs and muscle by natural process.

The relation between Cubmaster and Cub has its analogy in the care of wolf cubs by the mother wolf, as described by W. J. Long in his book. Northern Trails^ a book, by the way, from which many charming stories of wolf cubs in the jungle can be extracted for Wolf Cubs in the Den.

Of the mother wolf he writes :

‘In the bright afternoons and long summer twilights she led

the cubs forth on short journeys to hunt for themselves. No big caribou or cunning fox cub, as one might suppose, but *rats and mice and such small deer* were the limit of the mother’s ambition for her little ones. ... It was astonishing how quickly the cubs learned that game is not to be picked up tamely like huckleberries, and changed their style of hunting —creeping, instead of trotting openly so that even a. porcupine must . notice them, hiding behind rocks and bushes till the precise moment came, and then leaping with the ^woop of a goshawk on a ptarmigan.

“A wolf that cannot catch a grasshopper has no business hunting rabbits— this seemed to be the unconscious motive that led the old mother, every sunny afternoon, to ignore the thickets where game was hiding plentifully, and take her cubs to the .dry sunny plains on the edge of the Caribou Barrens.

“There for hours at a time they hunted elusive grasshoppers, rushing helter-skelter over the dry moss, leaping up to strike at the flying game with their paws like a kitten, or snapping wildly to catch it in their mouths and coming down with a back-breaking wriggle to keep themselves from tumbling over on their heads.

“Then on again, with a droll expression and noses sharpened like exclamation points, to find another grasshopper.

“Small business indeed and often ludicrous this playing at grasshopper hunting/*

So it seems to us; so also perhaps to the wise old mother who

228

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

knew all the ways of game, from crickets to caribou and from ground sparrows to wild geese.

But play is the first great educator— that is as true of animals as of men —and to the cubs their rough helter-skelter after hoppers was as exciting as a stag hunt to the pack, as full of surprises as the wild chase through the soft snow after a litter- of lynx kittens.

And though they knev/ it not, they were learning things every hour of the sunny playful afternoons that they would remember and find useful all the days of their life.

And so it is with our Wolf Cubs. We teach them small things in play which will eventually fit them for doing big things in earnest.

The great principle for dealing with the Wolf Cub Pack, and one by which the youngsters can be attracted and their failings remedied is by making the Cubs into a happy family— not a family but a HAPPY family.

Boys want noise: let them have it. When they play let them play heartily, if the Cubmaster has the sense to organise his pro- gramme that way.

Laughter esseniiaL—^ e have advocated in the Scout training the development of the Scout Smile as a necessaty adjunct; with die Cubs the smile should be a laugh. Laughter counteracts most of the evils of the very young and makes for cheery companionship and open-mindedness. The boy who laughs much lies ^ttle.

How TO Run a Pack

Having considered the make-up of the younger boy and the spirit in which to deal with him— and this is a step of first importance towards success in training him— let me offer a few suggestions on the organisation and training of a Pack.

Be content to begin with only a few boys. One is too often tempted to make a start with a large Pack. To do so is to make a mistake.

You want first of all to establish the right tone on a small scale; to have a handful of yeast to leaven the lump when you get it.

Even then do not go for too big a Pack. I have found by ex- perience that eighteen is as many as I can deal with in, giving individual training. Allowing for your being much more capable,

I suggest that twenty-four is as large a Pack as any man can adequately train.

Of course you can easily drill a hundred and twenty-four, but that is not training them.

ORGANISATION

229

Organisation

The Six SystenL Scout Troops are divided into Patrols— Cub Packs into Sixes.

A Six consists of six boys under the charge of a Sixer who is helped by a Second. These leaders should only be given actual responsibility in leading and in teaching under the Cubnaaster*s direct supervision. A Sixer is not a ^‘junior Patrol leader*’ and should not be looked upon as capable of taking charge of or of training his Six.

Most Cubmasters consider that a Sixer should be a Two-Star Cub before he is actually invested with his second armlet, and that a Second should, at least, have won his First Star.

One of the Sixers may be called “Senior Sixer,” if desired, and wear a third armlet

Cubmasters are advised to run a Sixer’s Council and a Sixers* Instruction Meeting. A Sixers’ Council consists of the Cub- master, the Assistant Cubmaster, the Sixers, and sometimes the Seconds. It is a body which holds regular but very informal meetings at which the plans of the Pack are discussed, and the Cubmaster has an opportunity of correcting, or praising, and of advising his leaders.

The Instruction Meeting generally follows immediately after the Sixers* Council Meeting— the two taking about three-quarters of an hour in all At this, old work is revised and new work done. Most Cubs having very short and faulty memories, a Cubmaster who wants to have good helpers— because that is what Sixers really are— must give them some such time themselves.

Meetings.— Meet as often as you can on fixed days and at fixed hours^ Punctuality on the part of the boys should be a test not so much of their obedience as their eagerness to he there for fear of missing a good thing. Punctuality on your own part is even more necessary.

Have your programme of doings prepared beforehand.

There must be no pausing to think what you will do next, and the boys should learn anything but idling.

Have no onlookers or boys awaiting their turn. Every Cub should be busy all the time, at work or play. Remember the young mind at that age cannot stick at a thing for long. Frequent change with variety and contrast should distinguish your pro- gramme. Play is the most important thing of life to a boy, so have plenty of geimes.

Insist on smartness in little things— by praise .and not by

230

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

punishment— m such as details of dress, neatness of boots, and especially alertness of carriage and readiness in saluting.

Keep right away from any form of military drill “Forming fours,’* except when playing O’Grady, should be “taboo” al a Pack Meeting. The circle is the Cub formation — not the rank, and you can get a circle easily enough if your Cubs under- stand the call “Pack! Pack! Pack!!”

Meetings should start and end with the Grand Howl, and the iollowing outline programme is just an example of what has been found to work successfully: —

Start Grand Howl.

5 minutes. Inspection of uniform, etc. Collection of sub- scriptions.

10 ” . Mentally and physically active game, e. g., a round

game for the Pack, or relay races.

15 ” • Six work under Sixers, Old Wolves supervising.

10 ” . Quieter games, or play-acting, or a jungle dance.

10 ” . Instruction under Old Wolves.

5 ” . Quiet game.

5 ” . Yarn.

End . . Any ceremonies. Grand Howl.

Ceremonies. —The two most important Cub ceremonies are the Investiture and the Going-up. These should never be performed in any haphazard fashion. Outline schemes for them will be found in Bites 6 and 16. A Cubm aster can make any special Pack variations that may appeal to him and to his Cubs, provided that the main outline is adhered to, and that every care is taken to keep the ceremonies within the understanding of the Cubs. Over-elaboration generally means fidgeting. Simplicity and solemnity should be the keynotes of all Cub ceremonies.

Parents.— Ai, great help to success is to be in touch with the parents of your Cubs, to consult their ideas, and most especially to interest them by explaining your reason ior the different steps you are taking. You should visit them at least once a year, invite them to Pack functions and camps, and get their help with the boy’s Cub work at home.

Records . — Every Pack should have its own properly kept Register— showing the Cub history of each member— and a simple Log Book will be interesting reading in the future. Each Sixer can have his own Six Book in which to enter the attendance and the subscriptions of His Six, but one of the Old Wolves will need to “keep an eye on it” for him.

TRAINING

231

/iccounfs.’-Cubinasters ra^st see that Pack Accounts are kept, and, where boys* subscriptions are concerned, the boys have the right to inspect the accounts. It is as well to put someone definitely in charge of this side of Pack organisation, and to co- ordinate matters with the other sections of the Group. If any outside subscriptions are received, a Committee must be formed —probably in conjunction with the Group— to deal with these.

Training

Story-telling.— The Cubmaster can command rapt attention at any time by telling his Cubs a story, and through it he can convey the lesson he wants to inculcate. It is a gilding to the pill which never fails— if the teller is any good at all.

But there are little points about the art which are important to success, and I commend a study of Sara Cone Bryant*s book. How to tell stories to children (Harrap, 3s, 9d.). Also the use of common sense and a knowle^e of child nature. The story must be told in an easy, unstilted way and with some dramatic accompaniment — the high voice of the old woman, the whining voice of the jackal, the snarling voice of the tiger, and hand action to illustrate the creeping of the snake, or the fists of the fighter shot out But be careful not to overdo this so that the Cubs jivet their attention oh your actions instead of your words.

Above all, don’t let the run of the story be interrupted when all are agog to hear the climax— no questions to or from the audience— carry them along with you to the big sigh of excited repletion at the end.

Occasionally it may be a good plan even to read a good yarn. If this is properly done, the Cubs can be got to appreciate* the value of good books. Telling a yarn is, however, always better than reading one.

Play-acting.-- Ano’iiex valuable and ever popular form of " character education is that of dressing up and play-acting.

Sometimes this is useful in connection with the stories told.

I need scarcely try to count up the various points of development which underlie it, such as self-expression, concentration of mind, voice development, imagination, pathos, humour, poise, disci- pline, historical or moral instruction, loss of self-consciousness, and so on. The Cubmaster will recognise these for himself the moment that he realises what a mine of help acting provides for him, and how the Cubs, being at a dramatic and make- believe age, will meet his efforts half-way. Charades and im-

232

THE WOLF CUB'S HANDBOOK

promptu plays are just as good in their way as more highly designed and rehearsed shows.

Game$‘ — In Part I, 1 have merely indicated in each of the steps of training an example or two of games and practices, but this is not in any way intended as a full or complete list I leave that to the ingenuity of the Cubmaster.

But it should be understood that in this direction lies a great means to success, especially if games can be thought of in relation to their moral and physical benefits to the boys and grouped accordingly on some such principle as this:—

For Discipline and Co-operafion, — Team games such as: — Rounders Basket Ball

Football Hocikey

Concentration of mind and e/ZorL— Walk the Plank, Ball- catching. Marbles, Stepping-stones, Skipping.

Observation.— Kitns Game, Thimble-hunting, Tracking, Leaf- hunting.

Construction.— Kite-flying, Model aeroplanes. Six models.

Finger^craf t— Knots, Paper-gliders, Combination pictures

(for screens, scrap-books). Homecraft.

Physical.— CUmbing, Hop, step and jump. Ball throwing, somersaults, relay races of all kinds.

Eyesight. ^Far and Near, Patterns, How many? And so on.

When used with such ends in view games are, as education for young boys, equal to hours spent in schooling.

Camp.— This is a most valuable opportunity in the study of Cubs, for in a few days in camp you will learn more about them than in many months of ordinrary meetings, and you can influence them in matters of character, cleanliness, and health in such a way as may form lasting habits.

It must be never forgotten, however, that camp is one of the most serious responsibilities that a Cubmaster can undertake, ft is no light thing to take young children from their homes and to make yourself entirely responsible for them for the time they are with you.

Camp is not essential for Cubs as it is for Scouts and it is far better not to attempt camp at all unless you have all the facilities and experience which are necessary. In any case it is advisable only to take part of the Pack— the older and more responsible boys. The camp should not last too long, A long camp is an

SUMMING UP

233

enormous strain on those in a position of responsibility! and by carrying it on too long you may even dull the keenness of the boys. A week is the outside period, and a long week-end, say from Friday night to Tuesday or Wednesday morning, is quite sufficient. Again, it is not advisable to take Cubs too far from home. A short distance is a big enough adventure for them and if you are far from their homes you may be faced by really serious difiEculties in case of illness or any kind of accident.

Don’t take Cubs to camp by yourself. It may be possible to run a camp in some fashion single-handed if everything goes well, but the success and happiness of the camp are bound to suffer, and if anything serious goes wrong you may be placed in an impossible position. A Cub Camp should never be run with less than two people in charge and there should be at least one adult for every six Cubs in camp. The ideal arrangement, of course, is to have three adttlh, one of whom can take the general responsibility for the camp» another can attend to the cooking, and the third the amusement of the Cubs.

Mixed camps of Cubs and Scouts are not approved and are undoubtedly bad for all concerned.

You have in Camping for Cubs (I.H. Q., Is.) a useful and complete book which will tell you what to do in camp and what to avoid.

Remember you are .making yourself responsible for the safety, comfort and health of your Cubs and that you must not let them suffer by reason of your inexperience. Learn how things ought to be done; plan everything beforehand; arrange every detail; leave nothing to chance ; and as far as is humanly possible provide against accident or emergency. A good camp may be of lasting value to your Cubs. A bad camp lOlll be a lasting reproach to you, your Pack and probably to the whole Movement. It is better to train your bo3rs by methods possibly less attractive and slower than camp, than to risk doing them harm.

Finally, don’t attempt to run a camp until you have had some experience and understanding of the difficulties and responsi- bilities. If you can by any means manage it, go to camp first with a well-run Pack before you take yoUr own boys.

Summing Up

The idea is through: —

Handicrafts, to develop application, constructiveness, etc.

Nature study, to develop observation, religion, kindness to animals.

234

THE WOLP CUB’S HANDBOOK

Games, to develop laughter, good nature, and comradeship.

Athletics, to utilise individual emulation for physical develop- ment.

Team Games, to develop unselfishness, discipline, esprit de corps.

In conclusion, let me say the scheme %hich I have suggested has purposely been left sketchy in many of its details. It is merely an outline on which a Cubmaster can build his own course of training.

The essential is that the aim and spirit as here indicated should be thoroughly grasped. I do not want Cubm asters to feel them- selves otherwise fettered by traditions, rules and syllabuses.

Their own experience and imagination, their own boyishness and sympathy with boy nature will be their best guide.

A point is not to introduce the. Boy Scout training directly into that of the Cubs. It is not adapted to them, and it would tend to rob the Cub of his ambition ultimately to be promoted to the higher grade of Scout.

1 hope, therefore, that this handbook will be found to be of use to Cubm asters, not only by suggesting lines of activity and the reasons for them, but also by showing to them that the dififi- cuities which may at first strike them as being mountains are, when properly negotiated and contested, merely mole-hills, and that the work involved is as fascinating to the instructor as it is valuable to the young lives in his charge and to the future citizen- hood of our Empire.

Useful Books

General:

Letters to a Wolf Cub"* ^Waif Cabs**

‘*Gilcraft** (Pearson*)

Games:

- Gilcra/t*s Book of Games*** (Pearson.)

'The Book of Cub Gamesf" Miss C. Barclay* (Brown, Son

and Ferguson.)

Story Telling:

'"How to tell stories to children*"* Bryant (Harrap.)

(A list of Books for Old W olves and Cubs, and some other free l^mphlets, can be obtained, on application, from Imperial Headquarters of -the Boy Scouts Association, 25,' Buckingham Palace Road, London, S. W. 1 .)

APPENDIX

All Commissioners^ Secretaries of Local Associations, Cub'- masierst and other Scouiers must possess a copy of "^Policy, Orgarnsation, and Rules of the Boy Scouts Association* (Price 6d,, from Imperial Headquarters, 25, Bucl^ingftam Palace Road, London, S,fV. /), which embodies all the Rules of Wolf Cubs. A copy of this pamphlet is issued free to every Pack f tom ilvne to time.

The following general instructions are based on the Rules

The Scout Group

A COMPLETE Scout Group consists of a Wolf Cub Pack, a Scout Troop, and a Rover Scout Crew, but may at any given time consist of one or more sections only. Each Group should have a Group Scoutmaster.

The Cubmaster

A Cubmaster is a person who holds a Cubmaster warrant, issued by the Boy Scouts Association, and who is in charge or in joint charge of the Pack of the registered Group indicated on his warrant.

When a Cubmaster ceases to have charge, or joint charge, of a Pack, his warrant lapses, and should be returned to Imperial Headquarters through the proper channels.

Thje qualifications for Cubmaster are as follows: —

(a) A general knowledge of the Wolf Cuh*s Handbook, of Scouting for Boys, and of Policy, Organisation, and Rules of the Boy Scouts Association.

. (b) A full appreciation of the religious and moral aim under- lying the scheme of Scouting.

(c) Personal standing and character such as will ensure a good moral influence over the boys, and suflicienl steadfastness d purpose to carry out the work with energy and perseverance.

(d) Age not less than twenty.

(e) Ability to obtain the use of some sort of club-room for Cub meetings.

(/) Three months’ probationary service with a Pack.

Cubmasters are recommended by the Local Association, and must be approved by the District Commissioner before receiving a warrant horn the Chief Scout. Ladies are eligible for this rank.

Where a Pack is attached to a Group, though the Group Scout- master will exercise general supervision, he will delegate the

236

THE WOLF CUB^S HANDBOOK

fullest amount of responsibility in the actual management of the Pack to the Cubmaster.

Assistant Cahmasiers.—^he qualifications are the same as for Cubmaster except for the provision of a room and that an age of 18 years only is required. Ladies are 'also eligible for this rank.-

Uniform

Male Cubmaster s Uniform.

Flat-brimmed khaki hat (four dents) ; shoulder badge indicating Group on right shoulder or on both, according to custom of Group; county and other emblem if and as authorised; thumb- stick. walking-stick or staff; boots or shoes (black or brown); and either —

(а) Shorts (dark blue, khaki or grey) and shirt or jersey (dark blue, khaki, green, or grey), with scarf of Group colour; brown leather belt; plain-coloured stockings and green garter tabs, with jacket, if desired; or

(б) fChaki tunic with or without belt of same material; khaki shirt and collar with green tie; shorts to match coat; stockings and green garter tabs.

In either case breeches with stockings or leather leggings are permissible but not desirable.

Cubmasters of Packs wearing the kilt may wear the kilt and sporran instead of shorts or breeches.

STARTING A PACK

237

Military uniform and accoutrements, including ‘*Sam Browne** belts, must not be worn or copied by Cubmasters,

Lady Cubmasie/s Uniform.

The following uniform is worn by Lady Cubmasters and Assistant Cubmasters :

Scoutmaster’s hat (four dents): Any one of the following in khaki, green, blue or grey ( 1 ) coat, with or without belt of same material, skirt and shirt of same colour, or (2) shirt or jersey, and skirt with Scout belt, or (3) one-piece frock with Scout belt; scarf of Group colour or green tie; brown, khaki, or black stock- ings, brown or black shoes; shoulder badge indicating Group on right shoulder or on both, according to custom of Group; county and other emblem, if and as authorised; stick or thumb- stick, plain overcoat or mackintosh, lanyard, haversack or rucsac and knife are optional.

Cubmaster $ Badge,-- A Wolf head, in circle of green enamel, worn on the front of the hat. Button-hole badge in green enamel.

Assistant Cubmasters wear similar badges in red enamel. The Wolf Cub badge may be worn on the left breast of shirt, jersey, or tunic, provided the wearer has taken the Scout Promise.

Cub /mirucfors.— Scouts or Guides acting as regular instructors to Wolf Cub Packs are entitled to wear a wolf’s head in green, on a khaki ground, on the left breast The badge is granted on the recommendation of the Cubmaster.

Starting a Pack

A person possessing the qualifications described on page 235 and desiiing to form a Pack of Wolf Cubs should communicate with the Secretary of the Local Scout Association. (If any diffi- culty is found in ascertaining the address of the Local Secretary, the Secretary at Imperial Headquarters will furnish this.)

If a Scout Group already exists, the Group Scoutmaster should be asked to apply for the approval of the District Commissioner and of the Local Association to the formation of a Pack within it

(Fuller information will be found in a pamphlet entitled “How to Start a Wolf Cub Pack,’* obtainable free of charge from Imperial Headquarters.)

Warrants

A Cubmaster is not eligible for a warrant signed by the Chief Scout until he has served three months with a Pack, At the end of this time he should apply for a warrant through his Local Secretary, but in all cases both the Secretary and the District

238

THE WOLF CUB’S HANDBOOK

Commissioner should be kept fully informed of what is being done from the very beginning.

Scoutmasters who are also acting as Cubmasters must obtain a Cubmaster*s warrant in the usual way.

Correspondence

All correspondence with Imperial Headquarters (regarding warrants, badges, or any other matter) should be carried on through the District Commissioner, and not directly by the Cubmaster. [Orders for equipment may, however, be addressed direct to the Quartermaster at Imperial Headquarters.]

Packs

The Cubmasler should have at least one Assistant Cubmaster to ensure continuity. If the Pack consists of more than three Sixes, an additional Assistant Cubmaster is desirable. Except in special circumstances, a Pack should not consist of more than 36 boys.

A Group Committee should be formed to assist the Group with finance, with propaganda, in obtaining club-rooms, camping grounds, etc., and to be responsible for Group property. Separate Pack Sub-Committees are sometimes formed as a part of the Group Committee.

Sixes

Sixes consist of five Cubs and a Sixer. They are named after the colours of wolves (i.e., grey, white, black, brown, tawny, and red), and the Cubs are marked as belonging to the different Sixes by wearing a small triangular piece of cloth of Six colour, sewn firmly at the top of the left arm, just below shoulder, with point upwards. Sixers are marked by two armlets of yellow braid; ^ inch wide, and I inch apart, worn above the left elbow. Seconds wear one armlet A Senior Sixer wears three.

Uniform

The officially recognised Wolf Cub uniform is as follows:—

Cop.— Green with yellow piping, with cloth Wolf's head badge in front

Scar/.— Of the Group colour, worn with a woggle other than Gilwell pattern, or a loose knot at throat

/crse^.—Dark blue, khaki, green, or grey; sleeves down or rolled up at the discretion of the Cubmaster.

SAor/s.— Dark blue, khaki, or grey.

Stoc^ngs.— Any plain colour; worn turned down below the ^ knee, with green tabbed garter showing on the outside*

Boots and Shoes, — Brown or black.

BADGES

239

Shoulder Patch — Small, triangular piece of cloth of Six colour, sewn firmly at the top of the left sleeve, just below shoulder, point upwards.

Shoulder J5ad|re.— Indicating Group, worn on right shoulder or on both, according to the custom of the Grotip.

County or other Emblem,— \i and as authorised.

Great- coats. Haversacks or Mackintoshes,— (Optional,)

(Nothing but the above may be worn visibly.)

Examiners

The First and Second Stars are granted to Cubs on the recom- mendation of the Cubm aster. The Proficiency Badges can only be granted when the Cubs have been passed in the tests by at least one qualified and independent examiner, approved by the Local Association.

Badges

The W olf Cub Badge, which is granted by the Local Association on the recommendation of the Cubmaster, must be worn, in cloth form, by all grades of Wolf Cubs in uniform on the front of the cap and on the left breast of the jersey. It is also issued in the form of a brass button- hole badge which should be worn in mufti.

Only such Proficiency Badges as are described in part II, Chapter I, of this Handbook are open to Wolf Cubs. Badges of rank and Proficiency Badges and Decorations are the registered designs of the Association, and are copyright. They can only be obtained from Imperial Headquarters through the Local Association.

Service Stars,— Cvhs may wear a six-pointed metal badge with yellow cloth background on the left breast above the Wolf Cub Badge to show length of service. When drafted up into the Scouts, Cubs wear this star on the left breast.

Religious Policy

The following policy has received the approval of the Heads of all the leading denominations of religion in the Kingdom :*"

( 1 ) It is expected that every Scout shall belong to some religious denomination and attend its services.

(2) Where a Group is composed of members of one particular form of religion, it is hoped that the Group Scoutmaster will arrange such denominational religious observances and instruc- tions as he, in consultation with its Chaplain or other religious authority, may consider best,

(3) Where a Group consists of Scouts ol various religions, they should be encouraged td attend the service of their own denom-

240

THE WOLP CUB'S HANDBOOK

inatioas, and Group Church Parades should not be held. In camp any form of daily prayer and of weekly Divine Service should be of the simplest character, attendance being voluntary.

(4) Where it is not permissible under the rules of the religion of’ any Scout to attend religious observances other than those of his own Church, the Scouters of the group must see that such rules are strictly observed while the Scout is under their control.

The controlling Authority, as such, is responsible in certain cases under (2) above for the religious training of the Scouts, but is not concerned in matters of Scout training, for which the Group Scoutmaster is responsible to the Local Association and the District Commissioner.

Camps

When a Pack proposes to camp outside its own District, at least 21 days* notice must be given by the Scouter- in charge to his District Commissioner, v/ho will inform the Secretary of the County in which the camp is to be held (who will inform the Commissioner of the district to be visited).

In the case of a Cubmaster or Assistant Cubmaster wishing to take Cubs to camp for the first time, or after an adverse report has^ been received on a previous camp, the preliminary permission tk the District Commissioner should be sought at least three months before the proposed commencement of the camp, and before any intimation of the camp has been given to either Cubs or parents.

No Cubs may camp without the previous permission of the District Commissioner.

Save in exceptional circumstances, and with the specific consent of the District Commissioner, Cubs and Scouts may not camp together.

Some form of clean, permanent shelter, or a weather-proof marquee, large enough to accommodate all the Cubs in camp in case of wet weather, must be available.

Enough sleeping bags or blankets must be provided to enable each Cub to make up a separate bed.

Camp raiding is strictly prohibited.

Publications

The Scout (price 2d.) has four Wolf Cub pages eyeiy week* The Scout er, a monthly paper for Scouters, contains material fw Cubmasters, and all official notifications (4s. 6</. per annum, by post from Imperial Headquarters).

ORGANISATION CHART

241

BOY SCOUTS’

ORGANISATION CHART

IMPERIAL HEADQUARTERS.

Chief Scout and Council

with

Executive Committee County Commissioner

with

County Scout Council

_ J_

with

Local Associations Group Scoutmasters

with

Groups

Cuhznasters

with

Wolf Cob Packs

Scoutmasters

with

Scout Troops

Rover Scout Leaders with

Rover Scout Crews

INDEX

Accident, Niagara ice, 85-87 Accounts, Pack, 231 Acting, 202, 231-232 Air, Fresh, 97, 101 Afcela, 19, 21. 25-26, 56 pronunciation of, 30 Albums, 133, 165 “Alert,” the, 21 Alertness, 86 Ambushing games, 173 Animals, kindness to, 62 Arab guide, the, 75 Arm-sling, large, 195-196 Arrows game. 111 Artist badge, the. 159, 179-184 Asnstant Cubmaster, 236, 238

- At ease,” 21

Athlete badge, the, 161, 207-

209

Athletics, 227, 234

Baby, taking out, 55 Badge, the Cub. 26. 61, 62. 239 Badge for Cub Scouters, 237 Badges, Proficiency (see Proficiency badges)

Bagheera, 26, 36. 41-43 pronunciation of. 30 the Dance of, 36-37 Ball:

catching. 101 throwing. 101 Baloo. 26, 35. 41-43 pronunciation of. 30 the Dance of, 35-36 Band, a Wolf Cub, 134-135 Bandaging. 195-196 Bandarlog, the, 41-44, 49 pronunciation of. 30 Bank, camp. 137, 140 Bantams, the, 95 Basket-making, 129-130, 189

Bathing, 210, 213 Bear, the (see Baloo)

Bed-making. 54-55 in camp, 137 Birds, study of, 72-73 Birds’-nesting. 72-73, 167 Blanket bed, the, 137 Bleeding :

from nose, 196 stopping. 194-195

Blindfolded. finding your way when. 74 Blisters, 104-105 Blocks, game, 201 Blood, health of. 96-97 Body exercises, 97, 145-147 Boggarts, the. 53-54, 100, 122 Books, useful. 13. 167-168. 179, 185, 231, 233, 234 Boots, 105

cleaning, 55, 107-108 Bowline, the, 126 Boy Scouts (see Scouts)

Boy Scouts* Association, address, 234

Brasswork, cleaning, 205 Bravery. Cubs’, 47, 92 Breathing, 97, 102-103 Bulb, growing in water, 178 Buldeo the Hunter. 57 Burning, how to save from, 125, 196

Burns. 145, 196-197 Bus routes. 199 Bush fires, 123-125 Bushman. 180

Button, sewing on a, 185-185

Camp, 136-143 Bank. 137-140 Bed-making. 137 Comfort in, 136, 137

INDEX

243

Camp, Hints to Cubmatters. 232- 233. 240

Hints to Cubs, 141-143 Kit, 138-139 Packing kit, 138 Programme, 140-141 Self-care in, 141-143 Site, 136

Card, greeting, 184 Carpet sweeping, 55, 205 Ceremonies, 230

Going-up, 153-154, 230 Investiture of Tenderpad, oO- 61, 230 ^

Two-Star investiture, 149-150 Cbapiis, 129

Character badges, 158-159 Chil, 42

Cirdes, the, 19-20 Cleaning :

boots and shoes, 55, 107-108 brasswork, 205 windows, 55, 204-205 Cleanliness, 59, 103, 142, 144 Clear, the daily, 97, 142 Climbing. 208-209. 232 Qock, the 106-107 Clothes : care of, 130 folding, 108 ironing, 187-189 washing, 55 Oove Hitch, the, 126 Cold, catching, 143 Collectioi^, 132-134, 163-166 albums, 133-134, 165 labelling of, 165-166 paste for, 134, 165 Collector badge, the, 158, 163-166 Committee, Group, 231, 238

directions, tracking by, 170-172 points of, 126-127, 171-172 running points, game, 128

Co-operatioxi:

in' Scout Group, 151-153, 222- 223, 234

Correspondence, 238 Council: cirde, 19-20 rock, 19-25 Sizers*, 229

Cross-stitch, 187 Cub {see Wolf Cub)

Cubmaster, the:

Assistant, 236, 238 attitude of, 224 badge for, 237 called “Akela,** 26 hints for, 221-234 qualifications, 235 uniform, 236-237 warrants, 237-238 Cuts. 194-195

Dances, Jungle {see Jungle D^es) Dark, doing things in the, 74, 108 Darning, 185, 187 Deer-stalking, game, 173 Den, the Cub: decoration, 94 tidiness, 110, 205 Diary :

nature, 168 scrap-books, 132-133,

Directions, how to give, 198-199 Dirt in a wound, 144 Discipline (sec Obedience)

Draw a face, game, 84 Drawing : flags, 68, 133

geLrally. 132-133. 179-164 nature, 73

Duck*s dive, 210-213 Duties of Cubs, 19 Duty:

generallyr 44-45, 59-60, 92 to God, 44-45 to the King. 45. 107

Ears {see Sense-training)

Education, true, 223, ^8 Eggs :

birds* (sec Nesting) frying, 204 poaching, 204 Emblems, drawing, 68 Esquires, 18 Examinetf# 239

Exercise, 96-98 (and see Self- care)

Exercises, body, 97, 145-147 Expeditions, 121 Exploring, 169-172^

Eyes {see Sense-training)

244

INDEX

PaHiogs, Cwb, 156 Father Wolf. 13-14. 24 Feet, care of, 104-105 Fire :

alarm, game. 148 bush, 123-125 extinguishing. 125, 196 lighting. 54. 122-123 First-aid, 144-145. 193-197 badge, the. 160. 193-197 displays, 197 First star, 64, 239 points of, ^-65 Fishermen, deep-sea, 90 Flag :

drawing. 68, 133 game. ^-69 now to fly a, 67-68 National, the, 65-67 Saints of the, 66-67 Flannel, growing seeds on, 178 Flies, in camp, 142 Floating, 210-21 1 Folding clothes. 108 Follow the trail, game, 169-170 Food, wholesome, %-97 Football. 91, 215-217 Fresh air* 97, 10!

Fruit, eating, 142 Frying potatoes, 204

Carnes:

Ambushing, 173 Arrows, 111 Blocks, 201

Compass running points, 128 Deer-stalking, 173 Draw a face, 84 Expeditions, 121 Fire alarm, 148 First-aid, 197 Flag, 68-69

Follow the trail, 169-170 General post, 201 Help the stranger, 199-200 Hopping, 174 In the pond, 83 Kim*3, 172 Knock the blob, 30 Message, whispering, 128 Naval raid!. 173

Games:

Observation trampe. 84 0*Grady, 83 Questions, 111, 201 Semaphore and Morse writing, M9-I20

Semaphore cards, 120-121 Semaphore general post, 121 Sentry-go. 38-39 Shere IChan and Mowgli, 24 Short cuts, 20!

Stalking, 83

Stepping-stones, 148, 174 Toothbrush and germ, 105 Touch iron, 83 What is it? 83 Whispering message, 128 Zulu boy. 56

Games, value of, 214, 232, 234 Gardener badge, tbe, 158-159, 175-178

General post, game, 201 Germs. 102. 104, 194 Choorkas, tbe, 96 Girl Guides, 1 13 God, duty to, 44-45

- God save the King,*^ 107

Going-tip, 151-154 ceremony, 153-154, 230 Goodfellows, the, 51-54, 55, 122 Good turns:

generally, 45-47, 54-55, 109-

110, 198-199 knot. 46-47 - Grand Howl, the, 21-23 Graze, how to treat a, 195 Grey Brother, 26, 56 Grin, the Cub. 47. 141 Ground signs, 169 Group, the Scout, 235-236 co-operation with, 151-153, 222- 223. 234

Group Committee, tbe, 230, 238 Group Council, the, 223 Group Scoutmaster, 222-223, 235- 236

Guide badge, the, 160-161. 198-202

Hand, cut on, 194-195 Handcraft badges, 1 59-1 60 Handkerchiefs, washing, 55 Happiness, 45-47, 139 Head-ovei-heels, 98-99

INDEX

245

Health badges, 161-162 Health rules sec Self-care)

Hearing (see Sense-training)

Help the stranger, game, 199-200 Helpfulness (see Usefulness)

Heroes, Cub, 47, 92 High jump, 208 History, local, 202 Hockey. 219-220

Home, helping at, 53-55, 107, 122- 123, 189

Homecraft badge, the, 160, 185- 189

Honeypot, 211, 213 Hopping, JOO game, 174

House Orderly badge, the, 161, 203-206

Hoveller, the, 88-90 Howl, the Grand, 21-23 Hygiene, 144-147

Indians, Red, 15, 62. 102-103,

169-170

Instruction meeting, the, 229

‘In the pond,” game, 83

Investiture :

of Tenderpad, 60-61, 230 of Two-Star Cub, 149-150 Ironing a scarf, 187-168

Jack Cornwell, V. C, 91-92 Jackal, the (see Tabaqui)

Jamet, 76

Japanese Cub, a, 47-48 Japanese soldiers, 96, 103, 144 Jumping, 208

Jungle Books, the, 13, 25, 41, 92 Jungle Dances, th^ :

Bagheera, 36-37 Baloo, 35-36 Kaa, 48-50

Shere Khan*s death, 56-58 Tabaqui, 27-29, 58 Jungle, Law of the, 14 Jungle names: for Cubs, 26 for Scoutexs, 26 pronunciation of, 30

Kaa, 43-44

pronunciation of, 30 Kaa,^ the Dance of, 48-50 Kim*8 game, 172 Kindness to animals, 82 King, duty to the, 45, 107 Kit, camp, 138-139 Knee, cut on, 194-195 Knights :

of old. 18, 152-153 of to-day, 19 ^

Knitting, 129, 186 Knock the blob, game, 30 Knots :

first star, 87-88 good turn, 46-47 second star, 126

Labelling collections, 166 Ladies :

as Cub Scouters, 236 uniform of, 237 Lair:

how to make, 93-94 the Wolf Cubs, 93 Landmarks, tracking by, 170 Laughter, 228, 234 Law, the Cub, 8, 34-35, 45, 64, 1 10, 223

Law of the Jungle (see Jungle) Leap-frog, 98-S^

Leaves, impressions of, 163-164 Litter. 109-1 10 Log book. Pack, 230 Long jump, 208 Lying, 226

Manliness, 224 Mat, making a, 18? Match-box tops, 164-165 Meetings, Pack, 229-230 Mending a tear, 185, 187 Men-of-warsmen, our, 90 Message :

carrying, 55, 126-128 whispering, game, 128 Models, 132 Money :

earning, 130-131 saying, 130-131

246

INDEX

Monkeys, the (sec Bandarlog)

Morse code, thcf 1 1 7-1 18 Morse writing, U9-120 Mother Wolf. 14. 24 Mothering day, 37-38 Motor cars, numbers of, 72 Motto, the Cub, 23 Mowgli. 13-14, 24, 25-26, 35-36, 41-44. 56-57, 92 pronunciation of, 30 Mustard and cress, growing, 178

Nails, care of, 103 National Anthem, the, 107 Nature Log, a, 168-169 Nature stidy, 72-73, 77-81, 82, 84. 132-133, 167-169. 175-

178

Naval raid, game, 1 73 Needle, threading a, 166 Neighbourhood, knowledge of» 198-202

Nesting. 72-73. 167 Netting. 186-187 New chum, the, 26 Newspaper of snow, a, 77-81 Niagara ice accident, 85-87 Northern Trails, quoted, 14-15, 73-74, 130-131, 227-228 Nose :

bleeding, 196

breathing through the, 102-103

Obedien^, 33-35, 45, 232 Observation (see Sense-training) Observer badge, the, 158, 167-174 O’Grady, game, 83 Old Wolves. 24. 37 Organisation ; chart, 241 of a Pack, 228-234

^Pack ! ”, 20

- Pack! Pack! Pack! ”, 20. 230

Pack, the : accounts, 231

co-operation with Scouts, 151- 153, 222-223 meetings, 229-230 numbers, 228 of wolves, 14 organisation, 228-234 records. 230 size of. 228, 238 Pack, the: starting a, 237 training (see Wolf Cub)

Packing kit, 138 Painting, 184 Pamphlets, 234 Panther, the (see Bagheera)

Parade Circle, the, 20 Parents, 37-38, 203-205, 230 Paste, for albums, 134, 165 Pets. 82

Physical health badges, 161-162 Physical training (sec Self-care) Plaiting, 129 Plank-walking, 148 Plants :

in pots, 177 putting in, 176-177 Play, the importance of, 214, 228, 232, 234

Play-acting. 202, 231-232 Playing the game, 39-40, 91, 214, 217-218

Politeness, 45-46 Pot plants, 177 Potatoes : boiling, 204 frying, 204 peeling. 204 Prayer, 146

Proficiency badges {see also under individual names), 155-162, 239 character, 1 58- 1 59 grant of, 155, 239 handcraft, 159-160 object of, 155 Physical health, 161-162 presentation of, 162 ribbons for Totem Pole, 63, 162

service, 160-161 wearing of, 155

INDEX

247

Programme : in camp, 140-141 of Pack meeting, 230 Promise, the Cub, 8, 44-46, 64, 107, 223

Pronunciation of Jungle names, 30 Publications, 240 Punctuality, 1 1 0 Python, the (see Kaa)

Questions games. 111, 201

Records, Pack, 230 Recruit, the, 26 Reef knot, the, 88 Religious policy, 239-240 Rikki-tikki-tavi, 26 “Ring-Kop,** the, 17-18 Rock circle, the, 20 Rock, the Council (see Council Rock)

Room, dusting, 205 sweeping, 205 Rope, climbing a, 208-209 Rounders, 218-219 Rover Scouts, 111 Rug-making, 187 Running, 207 messages, 55, 126

Sahi, 26

Saints of the Flag, 66-67 Salute, the, 26-27 Saving money: for camp, 137 generally, 131-132 Savings Bank, 132 Scalds, 145, 197

Scarf, washing and ironing, 187-169 Scout, The, 240 Scouter, The, 240

Scout Brotherhood, the, 59, 61, 153

Scoutmaster, the Group, 222-223, 235-236

Scouts. 19. 44, 64, 70-72, 74, 82. 86. 88. 91-92, 108, 113, 117, 122-125, 132, 136, 151-153,

183-184, 193, 228

attributes of, 15 badge, 64 British, 18

going up to, 151-153

Scrap-books, 133-134, 165-166 Scrubbing a table, 205 Sea Scouts, 90 Seamen, British, 90 Second, a, 61 Second Star, 239 investiture, 149-150 points of, 112-113 Seeds, sowing, 176, 178 Seeonee, pronunciation of, 30 Seeonee Pack, the, 25 Self-care, 96-105, 145-147, 207*

209, 215. 221-222, 227 in camp, 141-143 Semaphore : cards, 120-121 code. 113-117 writing, 119-120 Senior Sixer, the, 229, 238 Sense-training, 71, 74, 108, 168, 232

ears, 74, 76-77 eyes, 46-47, 72. 77-81 smell. 74-76 taste. 83

touch, 74, 83, 108 Sentry-go, game, 38-39 Service :

badges, 160-161 for Star tests, 110 generally, 110 stars, 239 Sewing, 185-186 Sheet bend, the, 88 Shere Khan, 13-14, 24, 25. 28-29, 56-58, 92-93 pronunciation of, 30 Shere Khan's death. Dance of, 56-58

Shere Khan and Mowgli, game, 24 Shock. 145, 196-197 Shoes, cleaning, 55, 107-108 Short cuts, game, 201-202 Signalling, 113-121 games, 1 19-121 Morse, 117-119 phonetics, 114 Semaphore (see Semaphore) sound signals, 119, 121 Six, the, 61, 229, 238 Sixer, the, 61, 229-230, 238

24S

INDEX

Sixer, the Senior, 229, 238 Sixers^ Council, the, 229 Sixers* Instruction Meeting, the 229

Skipping, 98

Sling, large arm, 195-1%

Smell (see Sense-txmning)

Smile (see Grin)

Smoking, 75-76 Snake, the (see Kaa)

Snoring, 102-103 Snow newspaper, a, 77-81 Socks, washing, 55 Somersaults, 98-99 Sound signals, 119, 121 Sportsmanship, 39-40, 91, 214,

217-218

Stalking. 70, 73-74, 168-169 game, 63 Stars, 64

first star (see First Star) meaning of the, 64 second star (see Second Star) service, 239 Starting a Pack, 237 Statues, 71

Stepping-stones, game, 148, 174 Stories (see Yarns)

Story-telling, 231 Strangers, directing, 198-199 Sweeping, 55, 205

Swimmer's badge, the, 161-162, 210-213

Swimming, 88, 210-212 safety when, 210, 213

Tabaqui, the, 14, 25, 27-28, 70 pronunciation of, 30 Tabaqui Dance, the, 27-29, 58 Table scrubbing, 205 Tea making, 203

Team-players badge, the, 162. 214-220

Team spirit, 34. 214, 217 Tear, mending a, 185, 187 Teeth, care of, 103-104 Telephone, 127-128 Tenderpad, 26, 61 badge, 61, 62

investiture of a, 60*61, 230 test, 26, 60

Tenderpad,

Tests (see under Second Star, etc.)

Thrift, I30-I32, 137 Tidiness. 54, 108-110, 205-206 Tiger, the (see Shore Khan)

Time, telling the, 106-107 Toothbrush and germ, game, 105 Toothbrush stick, 104 Totem pole, the, 61-63, 162 Touch (see Sense-training)

Touch iron, game, 83

Toyinaker badge, tbe, !60, 190-

Tracking. 70. 81-82. 169-172 by compass directions, 170-172 by ground signs, 169 by landmarks, 170 Training of Cubs, 221-234 Tree, climbing, 209 Troop, Scout, co-operation with* 151-153, 222-223

Two-Star Cub, investiture of 149-150

Um-fan, an, 17 ^ Uniform : care of, 130 for Cubniaster, 236-237 for Cub, 59, 238-239 Union Jack :

composition of the, 65-67 drawing flags and emblems, 68 Flag game, 68-69 how to fly the, 67-68 meaning of the, 65-67 Usefulness, 38. 45-47, 53-55, 110 122-123. 189, 203, 205-206

Waingunga River, the, 56 Walking. 99 Walking the plank, 148 Warrants, 237-238 Washing :

clothes, 55. 187-189

self. 103. 142 Washing-up, 55* 204 Water. care in drinking, 142 Water-carrier, the, 99-100 Watering gardens, 177 Weathercocks* 71

INDEX

249

Weavings 129, 189 WeediDg gardens, 177 Weeds. 109, 177

hat-is-it >** games, 83 Whispering message, game, 128 White Fang, 31-32 Window : boxes, 177

cleaning, 55, 204-205 Windows, cpen, 101 Wolf Cub, 15. 19 badge. 26. 61. 62, 239 duties of, 19 duty. 44-45, 59 60, 92 failings and remedies, 156 grin, 47. 141 heroes, 47, 92 investiture, 60-61, 230 Japanese, 47-48

Law, 8, 34-35, 45, 64, HO, 223 make-up, 224-228 motto, 23

name, explanation of, 15 Promise, 8, 44-46, 64, 1 10, 223 training, methods of, 223-224 training, cbject of, 221-223 uniform, 59, 238-239

Wolf, 15 Father, 13-14, 24 Grey Brother, 26, 56 Mother. 14. 24 Pack. the. 14, 19-21, 25-26 Wolves. 14, 19. 24, 29, 31-32, 39, 59, 70, 130-131 and their cubs, 14-15, 33-34, 73-74, 227-228 lairs, 92-93

Y arns :

Arab guide, the blind, 75 British Scouts, 18 Hovelier, the, 89-90 Jack Cornwell, V. C., 91-92 Jamet, 76

Japanese Cub, the, 47-48 Niagara ice accident, 85-87 Soldier, the French, 38 While Fang, 31-32 Zadig, 81-82

Zadig, 81-82 Zulu boy: game, 56 test of a, 16

NOTE

This book has been reprinted in India with the permission of the original publishers obtained for the General Head- queurters of the Boy Scouts Association in India by the Imperial Headquarters, Boy Scouts Association, 25, Buckingham Palace Road, London, S.WJ.

Regal Buildings, New Delhi, August, 1944.

G- T. J, Thaddaeus

Genera! Secretary,

Here is a great opportunity for your son. Encourage him to plan his future career NOW. The Royal Indian Navy are prepared to give him a valuable technical education, entirely FREE: In return for his service to India he >«lll enjoy the priceless advantage of thoroughly knowing a skilled trade.

Full information from:

The Boy Scouts Association in India,

Regal Buildings, New Delhi or

your nearest Recruiting Office,

JOIN THE ROYAL INDIAN NAVY

Why give the dangerous germs that breed in dirt any chance to harm you? Guard yourself — a good scout should keep fit — wash with Lifebuoy regularly. Lifebuoy gets rid of the health-menac- ing germs while it’s washing you clean of perspiration and dirt — for it contains a special health element. Lifebuoy is used by athletes ^ over the world because it helps them to keep fit.

PRINTING

of every description is undertaken by us. We submit Suggestions and Estimates ’without obligar- tion. For any item of Printing, big or small, please write to the BASEL MISSION PRESS MANGALORE - S. K.

PRESIDENTS

SECRETARIAT

LIBRARY

Unless indicated otherwise, the text in this article is either based on Wikipedia article "Scouting for Boys" or another language Wikipedia page thereof used under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License; or on research by Jahsonic and friends. See Art and Popular Culture's copyright notice.

Retrieved from "http://artandpopularculture.com/Scouting_for_Boys"

Scouting for Boys

From The Art and Popular Culture Encyclopedia

Scout movement

See also

Full text of [1]

Views

Personal tools

Search

Metas

Navigation